|
Contact Name:
Address:
,
Phone:
|
This is a "home rule" state. Home rule shifts much of the responsibility for local government from the state legislature to the local community. A county or city that adopts a home rule charter can, amongst other things, enact local energy codes.
This locality is not currently mandating a statewide energy code.
ASHRAE 90.1 - 1989
401.1.2 Electrical Schematic
401.3 Lighting Power Allowance
401.3. Lighting Power Control Credits
401.3.4 Lighting Controls
402.4.1.2 Fenestration
401 ELECTRICAL POWER AND LIGHTING SYSTEMS
Electrical power and lighting systems, other than those systems or portions thereof required for emergency use only, shall meet these requirements.
401.1 Electrical Distribution Systems
401.1.1 Check Metering Single-tenant buildings with a service over 250 kVA and tenant spaces with a connected load over 100 kVA in multiple-tenant buildings shall
have provisions for check metering of electrical consumption.
The electrical power feeders for which provision for check metering is required shall be subdivided as follows:
(a) Lighting and receptacle outlets.
Exception to (a), (b), and (c): 10% or less of the loads on a feeder may be from another usage category.
Subdivided feeders shall contain provisions for portable or permanent check metering. The minimum acceptable arrangement for compliance shall provide a safe method for
access by qualified persons to the enclosures through which feeder conductors pass and provide sufficient space to attach clamp-on or split core current transformers. These enclosures may be
separate compartments or combined spaces with electrical cabinets serving another function. Dedicated enclosures so furnished shall be identified as to measuring function available.
401.1.2 Electrical Schematic. The person responsible for installing the electrical distribution system shall provide the building owner a singleline diagram of the record drawing for the
electrical distribution system, which includes the location of check-metering access, schematic diagrams of non-HVAC electrical control systems, and electrical equipment manufacturer's operating
and maintenance literature.
LIGHTING SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT
401.3 Lighting Power Allowance The lighting system shall meet the provisions of Sections 401.3.1 through 401.3.5. As an alternative to Sections 401.3.1 and 401.3.2, the Lighting Compliance
Calculation Computer Program (LTGSTD21) may be used to determine the lighting power allowance for the building or facility.
401.3.1 Building Exteriors The total connected exterior lighting power for the building, or a facility containing multiple buildings, shall not exceed the total exterior lighting power
allowance, which is the sum of the individual allowances determined by multiplying the specific area or length of each area description times the allowance for that area.
Exception: Lighting for outdoor manufacturing or processing facilities, commercial greenhouses, outdoor athletic facilities, public monuments, designated high-risk
security areas, signs, retail storefronts, exterior enclosed display windows, and lighting specifically required by local ordinances and regulations.
TABLE 401.3.1
Exterior Lighting Power Allowance
| Area Description |
Allowance |
| Exit (with or without canopy) |
25 W/lin ft of door opening |
| Entrance (without canopy) |
30 W/lin ft of door opening |
Entrance (with canopy)
High traffic (retail, hotel, airport, theater, etc.)
Light traffic (hospitals, office, school, etc.) |
10 W/ft² of canopied area
4 W/ft² of canopied area |
| Loading area |
0.40 W/ft² |
| Loading door |
20 W/lin ft of door opening |
| Building exterior surfaces/facades |
0.25 W/ft² of surface area to
be illuminated |
| Storage and non-manufacturing work areas |
0.20 W/ft² |
Other activity areas for casual use, such as picnic
grounds, gardens, parks, and other landscaped
areas |
0.10 w/ft² |
| Private driveways/walkways |
0.10 w/ft² |
| Public driveways/walkways |
0.15 W/ft² |
|
| Private parking lots |
0.12 W/ft² |
| Public parking lots |
0.18 W/ft² |
401.3.1.1 Trade-offs of exterior lighting budgets among exterior areas shall be allowed provided the total connected lighting power of the exterior area does not
exceed the exterior lighting power allowance. Trade-offs between interior lighting power allowances and exterior lighting power allowances shall not be allowed.
401.3.2 Building Interiors The total connected interior lighting power for a building, including adjustments in accordance with Section 401.3.3, shall not exceed the total interior lighting
power allowance determined from any of the following:
(a) Using Table 401.3.2a, multiply the interior lighting power allowance value by the gross lighted area of the most appropriate building or space activity. For multi-use buildings, select the
interior lighting power allowance value for each activity using the column for the gross lighted area for that activity. The interior lighting power allowance is the sum of all the wattages for
each area/activity.
(b) Using Table 401.3.2b, c, or d, multiply the interior lighting power allowance values of each individual area/activity by the area of the space and by the area factor from Figure 401.3.2e,
based on the most appropriate area/activity provided. The interior lighting power allowance is the sum of the wattages for each individual space.
(c) Use the Lighting Compliance Calculation Computer Program (LTGSTD21) of RS-1.
When over 20% of the building's tasks or interior areas are undefined, the most appropriate value for that building from Table 401.3.2a shall be used for the undefined
spaces. Exceptions:
(1) Lighting power that is an essential technical element for the function performed in theatrical, stage, broadcasting, and similar uses.
(2) Specialized medical, dental, and research lighting.
(3) Display lighting for exhibits in galleries, museums, and monuments.
(4) Lighting solely for indoor plant growth (between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m.).
(5) Emergency lighting that is automatically off during normal building operation.
(6) High-risk security areas.
(7) Spaces specifically designed for primary use by the physically impaired or aged.
(8) Lighting in dwelling units.
401.3.2.1 Trade-offs of the interior lighting power budgets among interior spaces shall be allowed provided the total connected lighting power within the building
does not exceed the interior lighting power allowance. Trade-offs between interior lighting power allowances and exterior lighting power allowances shall not be allowed.
401.3.2.2 Building/Space Activities Definitions of buildings/space activity as they apply to Table 401.3.2a are as follows:
Food Service, fast food, and cafeteria: This group includes cafeterias, hamburger and sandwich stores, bakeries, ice cream parlors, cookie stores, and all other
kinds of retail food service establishments in which customers are generally served at a counter and their direct selections are paid for and taken to a table or carried out.
Leisure dining and bar: This group includes cafes, diners, bars, lounges, and similar establishments where orders are placed with a wait person.
Offices: This group includes all kinds of offices, including corporate and professional offices, office/laboratories, governmental offices, libraries, and similar
facilities where paperwork occurs.
Retail: A retail store, including departments for the sale of accessories, clothing, dry goods, electronics, and toys, and other types of establishments that
display objects for direct selection and purchase by consumers. Direct selection means literally removing an item from display and carrying it to checkout or pick-up at a customer service
facility.
Mall concourse, multi-store service: This group includes the interior of multifunctional public spaces, such as shopping center malls, airports, resort concourses
and malls, entertainment facilities, and related types of buildings or spaces
Service establishment: A retail-like facility, including watch repair, real estate offices, auto and tire service facilities, parts departments, travel agencies,
and similar facilities, in which the customer obtains services rather than the direct selection of goods.
Garages: This category includes all types of parking garages, except for service or repair areas.
School: This category, subdivided by pre-school/elementary, junior high/high school, and technical/vocational, includes public and private educational
institutions, for children or adults, and may also include community centers, college and university buildings, and business educational centers.
Warehouse and storage: This includes all types of support facilities, such as warehouses, barns, storage buildings, shipping/receiving buildings, boiler or
mechanical buildings, electric power buildings, and similar buildings where the primary visual task is large items.
TABLE 401.3.2a
Interior Lighting Power Allowance, W/ft²
| Building Space Activitya,b |
Gross Lighted Area of Total Building |
0 to
2,000 ft² |
2,001 to
10,000 ft² |
10,001 to
25,000 ft² |
25,001 to
50,000 ft² |
50,001 to
250,000 ft² |
>250,000 ft² |
Food Service:
Fast Food/Cafeteria
Leisure Dining/Bar |
1.50
2.20 |
1.38
1.91 |
1.34
1.71 |
1.32
1.56 |
1.31
1.46 |
1.30
1.40 |
| Offices |
1.90 |
1.81 |
1.72 |
1.65 |
1.57 |
1.50 |
| Retailc |
3.30 |
3.08 |
2.83 |
2.50 |
2.28 |
2.10 |
Mail Concourse
Multi-store Service |
1.60 |
1.58 |
1.52 |
1.46 |
1.43 |
1.40 |
| Service Establishment |
2.70 |
2.37 |
2.08 |
1.92 |
1.80 |
1.70 |
| Garages |
0.30 |
0.28 |
0.24 |
0.22 |
0.21 |
0.20 |
Schools:
Preschool/Elementary
Jr.High/High School
Technical/Vocational |
1.80
1.90
2.40 |
1.80
1.90
2.33 |
1.72
1.88
2.17 |
1.65
1.83
2.01 |
1.57
1.76
1.84 |
1.50
1.70
1.70 |
| Warehouse/Storage |
0.80 |
0.66 |
0.56 |
0.48 |
0.43 |
0.40 |
Notes:
aIf at least 10% of the building area is intended for multiple space activities, such as parking, retail, and storage in an office building, then calculate for each separate building
type/space activity.
bThe values in the categories are building-wide allowances which include the listed activity and directly related facilities such as conference rooms, lobbies, corridors, restrooms,
etc.
cIncludes general, merchandising, and display lighting. |
TABLE 401.3.2b
Unit Interior Lighting Power Allowance
| Common Area/Activitya |
UPD W/ft² |
Auditoriumb
Corridorc
Classroom/Lecture Hall
Electrical/Mechanical EquipmentRoom
Generalc
Control Roomsc |
1.6
0.8
2.0
0.7
1.5 |
Food Service
Fast Food/Cafeteria
Leisure/Diningd
Bar Lounged
Kitchen |
1.3
2.5
2.5
1.4 |
| Recreation/Lounge |
0.7 |
Stair
Active Traffic
Emergency Exit |
0.6
0.4 |
| Toilet and Washroom |
0.8 |
Garage
Auto and Pedestrian Circulation Area
Parking Area |
0.3
0.2 |
| Laboratory |
2.3 |
Library
Audiovisual
Stack area
Card File and Cataloging
Reading Area |
1.1
1.5
1.6
1.9 |
Lobby (General)
Reception and Waiting
Elevator Lobbies
Atrium (Multi-Story)
First 3 Floors
Each Additional Floor |
1.0
0.8
0.7
0.2 |
| Locker Room and Shower |
0.8 |
Office Category 1
Enclosed offices, all open plan offices w/o partitions or w/ partitions* lower than 4.5 ft below the ceiling.e
Reading, Typing, and Filing
Drafting
Accounting |
1.8
2.6
2.1 |
Office Category 2
Open-plan offices 900 ft<² or larger w/ partitions* 3.5 to 4.5 ft below the ceiling. Offices less than 900 ft² shall use category 1c.
Reading, Typing, and Filing
Drafting
Accounting |
1.9
2.9
2.4 |
Office Category 3
Open-plan offices 900 ft² or larger w/ partitions higher than 3.5 ft below the ceiling. Offices less than 900 ft² shall use category 1c.
Reading, Typing, and Filing
Drafting
Accounting |
2.2
3.4
2.7 |
Garage
Common Activity Areas |
1.8 |
Computer/Office Equipment
Filing, Inactive
Mail Room |
2.1
1.0
1.8 |
Shop (Nonindustrial)
Machinery
Electrical/Electronic
Painting
Carpentry
Welding |
2.5
2.5
1.6
2.3
1.2 |
Storage and Warehouse
Inactive Storage
Active Storage, Bulky
Active Storage, Fine
Material Handling |
0.3
0.3
1.0
1.0 |
| Unlisted Space |
0.2 |
*Not less than 90% of all workstations shall be individually enclosed with partitions of at least the height
described.
aUse a weighted average UPD in rooms with multiple simultaneous activities, weighted in proportion to the area served.
bA 1.5 power adjustment factor is applicable for multi-function spaces when a supplementary system having independent controls is installed that has intalled power ≤ 33% of
the adjusted lighting power for that space.
cArea factor of 1.0 shall be used for these spaces.
dUPD includes lighting power required for clean-up purpose.
eArea factor shall not exceed 1.55. |
TABLE 401.3.2c
Unit Interior Lighting Power Allowance
| Common Area/Activitya |
UPD W/ft² |
Airport, Bus and Rail Station
Baggage Area
Concourse/Mail Throughway
Ticket Counter
Waiting and Lounge Area |
1.0
0.9
2.5
1.2 |
Bank
Customer Area
Banking and Lounge Area |
1.1
2.8 |
| Barber and Beauty Parlor |
2.0 |
Church, Synagogue, Chapel
Worship/Congretional
Preaching and Sermon/Choir |
2.5
2.7 |
Dormitory
Bedroom
Bedroom w/ Study
Study Hall |
1.1
1.4
1.8 |
Fire and Police Department
Fire Engine Room
Jail Cell |
0.7
0.8 |
Hospital/Nursing Home
Corridore
Dental Suite/Examination/Treatment
Emergency<</span>
Laboratory
Lounge/Waiting room
Medical Supplies
Nursery
Nurse Station
Occupational Therapy/Physical Therapy
Patient Room
Pharmacy
Radiology
Surgical and OB Suites
General Area
Operating Room
Recovery |
1.3
1.6
2.3
1.9
0.9
2.4
2.0
2.1
1.6
1.4
1.7
2.1
2.1
7.0
2.3 |
Hotel/Conference Center
Banquet Room/Multipurposeb
Bathroom/Power Room
Guest Room
Public Area
Exhibition Hall
Conrference/Meetingb
Lobby
Reception |
2.4
1.2
1.4
1.2
2.6
1.8
1.9
2.4 |
Laundry
Washing
Ironing and Sorting |
0.9
1.3 |
Museum and Gallery
General Exhibition
Inspection/Restoration
Storage (Artifacts)
Inactive
Active |
1.9
3.9
0.6
0.7 |
Post Office
Lobby
Sorting and Mailing |
1.1
2.1 |
| Service Station/Auto Repair |
1.0 |
Theater
Performance Arts
Motion Picture
Lobby |
1.5
1.0
1.5 |
| Retail Establishments—Merchandising and Circulation Area (Applicable to all lighting, including accent and display lighting, installed in merchandising and circulation
areas) |
|
|
Type 1: Jewelry merchandising, where minute examination of displayed merchandise is critical.
|
5.6 |
|
Type 2: Fine merchandising, such as fine apparel and accessories, china, crystal, and silver art galleries and where the detailed display and
examination of merchandise is important.
|
3.2 |
|
Type 3: Mass merchandising, such as general apparel, variety goods, stationary, books, sporting goods, hobby materials, cameras, gifts, and
luggage, displayed in a warehouse type of building, where focused display and detailed examination of merchandise is important.
|
3.3 |
|
Type 4: General merchandising, such as general apparel, variety goods, stationery, books, sporting goods, hobby materials, cameras, gifts, and
luggage, displayed in a department store type of building, where general display and examination of merchandise is adequate.
|
3.1 |
|
Type 5: Food and miscellaneous such as bakeries, hardware and houseware, grocery stores, appliance and furniture stores, where pleasant appearance
is important.
|
2.8 |
|
Type 6: Service establishments, where functional performance is important.
|
2.7 |
Mall Concourse
Retail Support Areas
Tailoring
Dressing/Fitting Rooms |
1.4
2.1
1.4 |
aUse a weighted average UPD in rooms with multiple simultaneous activities, weighted in proportion to the
area served.
bA 1.5 power adjustment factor is applicable for multi-function spaces when a supplementary system having independent controls is installed that has intalled power ≤ 33% of
the adjusted lighting power for that space.
cArea factor of 1.0 shall be used for these spaces.
dUPD includes lighting power required for clean-up purpose.
eArea factor shall not exceed 1.55. |
TABLE 401.3.2d
Unit Interior Lighting Power Allowance
| Indoor Athletic Area/Activityc,f |
UPD W/ft² |
| Seating Area, All Sports |
0.4 |
Badminton
Club
Tournament |
0.4
0.8 |
Basketball/Volleyball
Intramural
College
Professional |
0.8
1.3
1.9 |
Bowling
Approach Area
Lanes |
0.5
1.1 |
Boxing or Wrestling (platform)
Amateur
Professional |
2.4
4.8 |
Gymnasium
General Exercising and Recreation Only |
1.0 |
Handball/Racquetball/Squash
Club
Tournament |
1.3
2.6 |
Hockey, Ice
Amateur
College or Professional |
1.3
2.6 |
Skating Rink
Recreational
Exhibition/Professional |
0.6
2.6 |
Swimming
Recreational
Exhibition
Underwater |
0.9
1.5
1.0 |
Tennis
Recreational (Class III)
Club/College (Class II)
Professional (Class I) |
0.9
1.5
1.0 |
Tennis, Table
Club
Tournament |
1.0
1.6 |
aUse a weighted average UPD in rooms with multiple simultaneous activities, weighted in proportion to the
area served.
bA 1.5 power adjustment factor is applicable for multi-function spaces when a supplementary system having independent controls is installed that has intalled power ≤ 33% of
the adjusted lighting power for that space.
cArea factor of 1.0 shall be used for these spaces.
dUPD includes lighting power required for clean-up purpose.
eArea factor shall not exceed 1.55.
fConsider as 10 ft beyond playing boundaries but less than or equal to the total floor area of the sports space minus spectator seating area. |
Figure 401.3.2e Area Factor Area Factor Formula:

AF = area factor,
CH = ceiling height (ft),
Ar = room area (ft²).
If AF < 1.0 use 1.0; if AF > 1.8 use 1.8.
401.3. Lighting Power Control Credits The interior connected lighting power determined in accordance with Section 401.3.2 can be decreased for luminaires that are automatically controlled
for occupancy, daylight, lumen maintenance, or programmable timing. The adjusted interior connected lighting power shall be determined by subtracting the sum of all lighting power control credits
from the interior connected lighting power. Using Table 401.3., the lighting power control credit equals the power adjustments factors times the connected lighting power of the controlled
lighting.
The lighting power adjustment shall be applied with the following limitations:
(a) It is limited to the specific area controlled by the automatic control device.
(b) Only one lighting power adjustments may be used for each building space or luminaire, and 50% or more of the controlled luminaire shall be within the applicable space.
(c) Controls shall be installed in series with the lights and in series with all manual switching devices.
(d) When sufficient daylight is available, daylight sensing controls shall be capable of reducing electrical power consumption or lighting (continuously or in steps) to 50% or less of maximum
power consumption.
(e) Daylight sensing controls shall control all luminaires to which the adjustment is applied and that direct a minimum of 50% or less of maximum power consumption.
(f) Programmable timing controls shall be able to program different schedules for temporary override with automatic return to the original schedule, and keep time during power outages for at
least four hours.
TABLE 401.3.3
Lighting Power Adjustment Factors
| Automatic Control Devices |
PAF |
| (1) |
Daylight sensing controls (DS), continuous dimming |
0.30 |
| (2) |
DS, multiple step dimming |
0.20 |
| (2) |
DS, multiple step dimming |
0.20 |
| (3) |
DS, multiple step dimming |
0.10 |
| (4) |
DS, ON/OFF |
0.35 |
| (5) |
DS multiple-step dimming and programmable timing |
0.25 |
| (6) |
DS ON/OFF and programmable timing |
0.15 |
| (7) |
DS continuous dimming, programmable timing, and lumen maintenance |
0.40 |
| (8) |
DS multiple-step dimming, programmable timing, and lumen maintenance |
0.30 |
| (9) |
DS ON/OFF, programmable timing, and lumen maintenance |
0.20 |
| (10) |
Lumen Maintenance Control |
0.10 |
| (10) |
Lumen maintenance control |
0.10 |
| (11) |
Lumen maintenance and programmable timing control |
0.15 |
| (12) |
Programmable timing control |
0.15 |
| (13) |
Occupancy sensor (OS) |
0.30 |
| (14) |
OS and DS, continuous dimming |
0.40 |
| (15) |
OS and DS, multiple-step dimming |
0.35 |
| (16) |
OS and DS, ON/OFF |
0.35 |
| (17) |
OS and DS continuous dimming, and lumen maintenance |
0.45 |
| (18) |
OS and DS multi-step dimming, and lumen maintenance |
0.40 |
| (19) |
OS and DS ON/OFF, and lumen maintenance |
0.35 |
| (20) |
OS and lumen maintenance |
0.35 |
| (21) |
OS and programmable timing control |
0.35 |
401.3.4 Lighting Controls
401.3.4.1 Type of Lighting Controls. All lighting systems shall have controls.
Exception: Emergency use or exit lighting.
401.3.4.2 Number of Manual Controls. Spaces enclosed by walls or ceiling-high partitions shall have a minimum of one manual control (on/off switch) for lighting in that space.
Additional manual controls shall be provided for each task location or for each group of task locations within an area of 450 ft(2) or less. For spaces with only one lighting fixture or with
a single ballast, one manual control is required. Exceptions:
(1) Continuous lighting for security.
(2) Systems in which occupancy sensors, local programmable timers, or three-level (including OFF) step control or preset dimming controls are substituted for manual
controls at the ?exchange rate?of one for every two required manual controls, providing at least one control is installed for every 1500 watts of power.
(3) Systems in which four-level (including OFF) step controls or present dimming controls or automatic or continuous dimming controls are substituted for manual controls at
an "exchange rate" of one for every three required manual controls, providing at least one control is installed for every 1500 watts of power.
(4) Spaces that are used as a whole, such as public lobbies, retail stores, warehouses and storerooms.
401.3.4.3 Multiple Location Controls. Manual controls that operate the same load from multiple locations shall be counted as one manual control.
401.3.4.4 Control Accessibility. Lighting controls shall be readily accessible from within the space controlled.
Exception: Controls for spaces that are used as a whole, automatic controls, programmable controls, controls requiring trained operators, and controls for safety
hazards and security.
401.3.4.5 Hotel and Motel Guest Room Control. Hotel and motel guest rooms and suites shall have at least one master switch at the main entry door that controls all permanently wired lighting
fixtures and switched receptacles excluding bathrooms.
Exception: Where switches are provided at the entry to each room of a multiple-room suite.
401.3.4.6 Switching of Exterior Lighting. Exterior lighting not intended for 24-hour use shall be automatically switched by either timer or photocell or a combination of timer and
photocell. When used, timers shall be capable of seven-day and seasonal daylight schedule adjustment and have power backup for at least four hours.
401.3.5 Ballasts
401.3.5.1 Tandem Wiring. One-lamp or three-lamp fluorescent luminaries that are recess mounted within 10 ft center-to-center of each other, or pendant
mounted, or surface mounted within 1 ft of each other, and within the same room, shall be tandem wired, unless three-lamp ballasts are used.
401.3.5.2 Power Factor. All ballasts shall have a power factor of at least 90%. Exceptions:
(1) Dimming ballasts and
(2) Ballasts for circline and compact fluorescent lamps and low-wattage HID lamps not over 100 W.
402.4.1.2 Fenestration The design of the fenestration shall meet the criteria of table 402.4.1.2. When the fenestration columns labeled "perimeter Daylighting" are used,
automatic daylighting controls shall be installed in the perimeter daylighted zones of the building. These daylighting controls shall be capable of reducing electric lighting power to
at least 50% of full power. Only those shading or lighting controls for perimeter daylighting that are shown on the plans shall be considered. The column labeled "VLT > = SC" shall be used only
when the shading coefficient of the glass is less than its visible light transmittance.
| TABLE 402.3.1(B) MAX. EXEMPT SKYLIGHT AREA AS % OF ROOF AREA |
Visible Light
Transmittance (VLT) |
Light Level
Ft. Candles |
Range of Lighting Power Densities |
| <1.00 |
1.00 - 1.50 |
1.51 - 2.00 |
>2.00 |
| 0.75 |
30 |
2.3 |
3.4 |
4.5 |
5.6 |
| 50 |
2.5 |
4.0 |
5.5 |
7.0 |
| 70 |
2.8 |
4.6 |
6.4 |
8.2 |
| 0.50 |
30 |
3.6 |
5.1 |
6.6 |
8.1 |
| 50 |
3.9 |
6.0 |
8.1 |
10.2 |
| 70 |
4.2 |
6.9 |
9.6 |
12.3 |
402.4.2.2 Lighting Power Density (LIGHTS) The lighting power density used in the ENVSTD21 computer program shall use the actual lighting power density from the
building plans and specifications or the appropriate value from Tables 401.3.2a or 401.3.2b, c, or d if the lighting system design is not included in the building permit application.
402.4.2.3 Daylighting Control Credit Fraction (DLCF) When the daylighting control credit fraction is other than zero, automatic daylighting controls shall be installed in the appropriate
perimeter zone(s) of the building to justify the credit. The building permit application shall include the lighting design.
403.2.7.1 Automatic Setback o Shutdown Controls HVAC systems shall be equipped with automatic controls capable of accomplishing a reduction of energy use through
control setback or equipment shutdown. Exceptions:
(1) Systems serving areas expected to operate continuously or
(2) equipment with full-load demands not exceeding 2 kW controlled by readily accessible, manual off-hour controls.
ASHRAE 90.1 - 1999
General Lighting Requirements
Automatic Shut-off Controls
Space Control
Exterior Lighting Control
Additional Control
Tandem Wiring
Interior Lighting Density Overview
4.1.2.2.5 Lighting Alterations. The replacement of lighting systems in any building space shall comply with the lighting power density requirements of
Section 9 applicable to that space. New lighting systems shall comply with the applicable lighting power density requirements of section 9. Any new control devices as a direct
replacement of existing control devices shall comply with the specific requirements of Sections 9.2.1.2(a) and 9.2.1.2(c)
Exception to 4.1.2.2.5: Alterations that replace less than 50% of the luminaires in a space need not comply with these
requiremnts provided that such alterations do not increase the installed interior lighting power.
5.2.1.3 Recessed Equipment: Lighting fixtures; heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning equipment, including wall heaters, ducts, and plenums; and other
equipment shall not be recessed in such a manner as to affect the insulation thickness unless:
(a) the total combined area affected (including necessary clearances) is less than one percent of the opaque area of the assembly, or
(b) the entire roof, wall, or floor us covered with insulation to the full depth required, or
(c) the effects of reduced insulation are included in calculations using an area-weighted average method and compressed insulation values obtained from Table A-24.
In all cases, air leakage through or around the recessed equipment to the conditioned space shall be limited in accordance with 5.2.3.1.
9. LIGHTING (back to top)
9.1 General
Lighting systems and equipment shall comply with the requirements of 9.2 and 9.3. This section shall apply to the following:
(a) interior spaces of buildings;
(b) exterior building features, including facades, illuminated roofs, architectural features, entrances, exits, loading docks and illuminated canopies; and
(c) exterior building grounds lighting provided through the building's electrical service.
Exceptions to 9.1:
(a) emergency lighting that is automatically off during normal building operation,
(b) lighting within living units,
(c) lighting that is specifically designated as required by a health or life safety statue, ordinance or regulation,
(d) decorative gas lighting systems.
9.2 Mandatory Provisions
9.2.1 Lighting Control
(back to top)
9.2.1.1 Automatic Lighting Shutoff. Interior lighting in buildings larger than 5000 ft. ² shall be controlled with an automatic control device to shut off building lighting in all
spaces. This automatic control device shall function on either
(a) a time-of-day operated control device that turns lighting off at specific programmed times - an independent program schedule shall be provided for areas of no more than 25,000 ft.² but
not more than one floor - or
(b) an occupant sensor that shall turn lighting off within 30 minutes of an occupant leaving a space or
(c) by occupant intervention.
Exception to 9.2.1.1: Lighting intended for 24-hour operation shall not require an automatic control device .
(back to top)
9.2.1.2 Space Control. Each space enclosed by ceiling-height partitions shall have at least one control device to independently control the general lighting within the space. Each control
device shall be activated either manually by an occupant or automatically by sensing an occupant. Each control device shall
control a maximum of 2500 ft.² area for a space 10,000 ft.² or less and a maximum of 10,000 ft.²,
be capable of overriding the shutoff control required in 9.2.1.1 for no more than four hours, and
be readily accessibly and located so the occupant can see the controlled lighting.
Exception to 9.2.1.2: Remote location shall be permitted for reasons of safety or security when the remote control device has an indicator pilot light as part of or next to the control
device and it shall be clearly labeled to identify the controlled lighting.
(back to top)
9.2.1.3 Exterior Lighting Control. Lighting for all exterior applications not exempted in 9.1 and 9.3.2. shall be controlled by a photosensor or astronomical time switch that is capable of
automatically turning off the exterior lighting when sufficient daylight is available or the lighting is not required.
Exception to 9.2.1.3: Lighting for covered vehicle entrances or exits from buildings or parking structures where required for safety, security or eye adaptation.
(back to top)
9.2.1.4 Additional Control.
(a) Display/Accent Lighting—display or accent lighting shall have a separate control device.
(b) Case Lighting—lighting in cases used for display purposes shall have a separate control device.
(c) Hotel and Motel Guest Room Lighting—hotel and motel guest rooms and guest suites shall have a master control device at the main room entry that controls all permanently
installed luminaries and switched receptacles
(d) Task Lighting—supplemental task lighting, including permanently installed undershelf or undercabinet lighting, shall have a control device integral to the luminaires or be
controlled by wall-mounted control device provided the control device is readily accessible and located so that the occupant can see the controlled lighting.
(e) Nonvisual Lighting—lighting for nonvisual applications, such as plant growth and food warming, shall have a separate control device .
(f) Demonstration Lighting—lighting equipment that is for sale or for demonstrations in lighting education shall have a separate control device.
(back to top)
9.2.2 Tandem Wiring. Luminaires designed for use with one or three linear fluorescent lamps greater than 30 W each shall use two-lamp tandem-wired ballasts in place of single-lamp ballasts
when two or more luminaires are in the same space and on the same control device.
Exceptions to 9.2.2:
(a) Recessed luminaires more than 10 ft apart measured center to center.
(b) Surface-mounted or pendant luminaires that are not continuous.
(c) Luminaires using single-lamp high-frequency electronic ballasts.
(d) Luminaires using three-lamp high-frequency electronic or three-lamp electromagnetic ballasts.
(e) Luminaires on emergency circuits.
(f) Luminaires with no available pair.
9.2.3 Exit Signs. Exit sign luminaires operating at greater than 20 watts shall have a minimum source efficacy of 35 lm/W.
(back to top)
9.2.4 Installed Interior Lighting Power. The installed interior lighting power shall include all power used by the luminaires, including lamps , ballasts , current regulators and control
devices except as specifically exempted in 9.3.1.
Exception to 9.2.4: If two or more independently operating lighting systems in a space are capable of being controlled to prevent simultaneous user operation, the installed interior
lighting power shall be based solely on the lighting system with the highest wattage.
9.3 Prescriptive Path
9.3.1 Interior Lighting Power. The interior lighting power allowance for a building or a separately metered or permitted portion of a building shall be determined by either the building
area method described in 9.3.1.1 or the space-by space method described in 9.3.1.2. Trade-offs of interior lighting power allowance among portions of the building for which a different method of
calculation has been used are not permitted. The installed interior lighting power identified in accordance with 9.2.4 shall not exceed the interior lighting power allowance developed in
accordance with 9.3.1.1 or 9.3.1.2.
Exceptions to 9.3.1: The following lighting equipment and applications shall not be considered when determining the interior lighting power allowance developed in accordance with 9.3.1.1
or 9.3.1.2, nor shall the wattage for such lighting be included in the installed interior lighting power identified in accordance with 9.2.4. However, any such lighting shall not be exempt unless
it is an addition to general lighting and is controlled by an independent control device.
(a) Display or accent lighting that is an essential element for the function performed in galleries, museums, and monuments.
(b) Lighting that is integral to equipment or instrumentation and is installed by its manufacturer.
(c) Lighting specifically designed for use only during medical or dental procedures and lighting integral to medical equipment.
(d) Lighting integral to both open and glass enclosed refrigerator and freezer cases.
(e) Lighting integral to food warming and food preparation equipment.
(f) Lighting for plant growth or maintenance.
(g) Lighting in spaces specifically designed for use by the visually impaired.
(h) Lighting in retail display windows, provided the display area is enclosed by ceiling-height partitions.
(i) Lighting in interior spaces that have been specifically designated as a registered interior historic landmark.
(j) Lighting that is an integral part of advertising or directional sign age.
(k) Exit signs.
(l) Lighting that is for sale or lighting educational demonstration systems.
(m) Lighting for theatrical purposes, including performance, stage, and film and video production.
(n) Athletic playing areas with permanent facilities for television broadcasting.
(o) Casino gaming areas.
9.3.1.1 Building Area Method of Calculating Interior Lighting Power Allowance. The building area method shall be used only in the following cases: (a) projects involving the entire
building or (b) projects involving a single, independent, and separate occupancy in a multi-occupancy building. Use the following steps to determine the interior lighting power allowance by the
building area method:
(a) Determine the appropriate building type from Table 9.3.1.1 and the allowed lighting power density (watts per unit area) from the building area method column. For building types not listed,
selection of a reasonably equivalent type shall be permitted.
(b) Determine the gross lighted floor area (square feet) of the building.
(c) The interior lighting power allowance is the product of the lighted floor area of the building times the lighting power density.
9.3.1.2 Space-by-Space Method of Calculating Interior Lighting Power Allowance. Use the following steps to determine the interior lighting power allowance by the space by-space method:
(a) Determine the appropriate building type from Table 9.3.1.2. For building types not listed, selection of a reasonably equivalent type shall be permitted.
(b) For each space enclosed by partitions 80% or greater than ceiling height, determine the gross interior floor area by measuring to the center of the partition wall. Include the floor area of
balconies or other projections. Retail spaces do not have to comply with the 80% partition height requirements.
(c) Determine the interior lighting power allowance by using the columns designated space-by-space method in Table 9.3.1.2. Multiply the floor area(s) of the space(s) times the allowed lighting
power density for the space type that most closely represents the proposed use of the space(s). The product is the lighting power allowance for the space(s). For space types not listed, selection
of a reasonable equivalent category shall be permitted.
(d) The interior lighting power allowance is the sum of lighting power allowances of all spaces. Trade-offs among spaces are permitted provided that the total installed interior lighting power
does not exceed the interior lighting power allowance.
Additional Interior Lighting Power. An increase in the interior lighting power allowance is allowed when using the space-by-space method for specific space functions as noted in Table
9.3.1.2. In all such spaces in which an additional lighting power allowance is taken, the additional power shall be allowed only if the specified lighting is installed. Additional power shall be
used only for the specified luminaires and shall not be used for any other purpose or in any other space.
An increase in the interior lighting power allowance for space types noted in Table 9.3.1.2 as eligible for additional interior lighting power allowance is permitted in the following cases:
(a) For spaces in which lighting is specified to be installed in addition to the general lighting for the purpose of decorative appearance, such as chandelier-type lumi-naries or sconces or for
highlighting art or exhibits,provided that the additional lighting power shall not exceed 1.0 W/ft² of such spaces.
(b) For spaces in which lighting is specified to be installed to meet the requirements of visual display terminals as the primary viewing task, provided that the additional lighting power shall
not exceed 0.35 W/ft² of such spaces and that the specified luminaire meets requirements for use in such spaces. Maximum average luminance measured from the vertical in candelas per square
foot of not more than 80 cd/ft² at 65 degrees, 33cd/ft² at 75 degrees, and 17 cd/ft² at 85 to 90 degrees.
(c) For lighting equipment installed in retail spaces that is specifically designed and directed to highlight merchandise, provided that the additional lighting power shall not exceed(1)1.6
W/ft² or(2)3.9 W/ft² for displaying and selling fine merchandise (such as jewelry, fine apparel and accessories, china and silver) and in art galleries and similar spaces where detailed
display and examination of merchandise is important.
TABLE 9.3.1.1
Lighting Power Densities Using
the Building Area Method
| Building Type |
Lighting Power Density
(W/ft²) |
| Automotive Facility |
1.5 |
| Convention Center |
1.4 |
| Court House |
1.4 |
| Dining: Bar Lounge/Leisure |
1.5 |
| Dining: Cafeteria/Fast Food |
1.8 |
| Dining: Family |
1.9 |
| Dormitory |
1.5 |
| Exercise Center |
1.4 |
| Gymnasium |
1.7 |
| Hospital/Health Care |
1.6 |
| Hotel |
1.7 |
| Library |
1.5 |
| Manufacturing Facility |
2.2 |
| Motel |
2.0 |
| Motion Picture Theater |
1.6 |
| Multi-Family |
1.0 |
| Museum/td> |
1.6 |
| Office |
1.3 |
| Parking Garage |
0.3 |
| Penitentiary |
1.2 |
| Performing Arts Theater |
1.5 |
| Police/Fire Station |
1.3 |
| Post Office |
1.6 |
| Religious Building |
2.2 |
| Retail |
1.9 |
| School/University |
1.5 |
| Sports Arena |
1.5 |
| Town Hall |
1.4 |
| Transportation |
1.2 |
| Warehouse |
1.2 |
| Workshop |
1.7 |
9.3.2 Exterior Building Lighting Power. The exterior lighting power allowance is the sum of lighting power allowances for all of the applicable exterior applications permitted,other than
building facades, provided that the total installed exterior lighting power does not exceed the exterior lighting power allowance. Exterior lighting for all applications(except those included in
the exceptions to 9.1 and 9.3.2) shall comply with the requirements of 9.2.6.
Exceptions to 9.3.2: Lighting used for the following exterior applications is exempt when equipped with an independent control device:
(a) specialized signal, directional, and marker lighting associated with transportation;
(b) lighting used to highlight features of public monuments and registered historic landmark structures or buildings; and
(c) lighting that is integral to advertising sign age.
TABLE 9.3.2
Lighting Power Limits for Building Exteriors
| Applications |
Power Limits |
| Building entrance with canopy or free standing canopy |
3 W/ft² of canopied area |
| Building entrance without canopy |
33 W/lin ft of door width |
| Building exit |
20 W/lin ft of door width |
| Building facades |
0.25 W/ft²of illuminated facade area |
11.3.8 Lighting. Lighting power in the proposed design shall be determined as follows:
(a) Where a complete lighting system exists, the actual lighting power shall be used in the model.
(b) Where a lighting system has been designed, lighting power shall be determined in accordance with 9.3.
(c) Where no lighting exists or is specified, lighting power shall be determined in accordance with the Building Area Method for the appropriate building type.
11.4.5 Lighting. Lighting power in the budget building design shall be determined using the same categorization procedure (building area or space function) and
categories as the proposed design with lighting power set equal to the maxi-mum allowed for the corresponding method and category in9.3. Lighting controls shall be the minimum required.
TABLE C3.5
VLT Factor for the Base Envelope Design
| Climate Bin |
Vertical Fenestration |
Glass Skylights |
Plastic Skylights |
| 1 |
1.00 |
1.27 |
1.20 |
| 2 |
1.00 |
1.27 |
1.20 |
| 3 |
1.00 |
1.27 |
1.20 |
| 4 |
1.00 |
1.27 |
1.20 |
| 5 |
1.00 |
1.27 |
1.20 |
| 6 |
1.00 |
1.27 |
1.20 |
| 7 |
1.00 |
1.27 |
1.20 |
| 8 |
1.00 |
1.27 |
1.20 |
| 9 |
1.00 |
1.27 |
1.20 |
| 10 |
1.27 |
1.27 |
1.20 |
| 11 |
1.27 |
1.27 |
1.20 |
| 12 |
1.00 |
1.27 |
1.20 |
| 13 |
1.27 |
1.27 |
1.20 |
| 14 |
1.27 |
1.27 |
1.20 |
| 15 |
1.27 |
1.27 |
1.20 |
| 16 |
1.27 |
1.27 |
1.20 |
| 17 |
1.27 |
1.27 |
1.20 |
| 18 |
1.27 |
1.27 |
1.20 |
| 19 |
1.27 |
1.27 |
1.20 |
| 20 |
1.00 |
1.00 |
1.20 |
| 21 |
1.00 |
1.00 |
1.20 |
| 22 |
1.00 |
1.00 |
1.20 |
| 23 |
1.00 |
1.00 |
1.20 |
| 24 |
1.00 |
1.00 |
1.20 |
| 25 |
1.00 |
1.00 |
1.20 |
| 26 |
1.00 |
1.00 |
1.20 |
C5.4 The electrical systems shall be the same for both the base envelope design and the proposed design. The lighting power density shall be 1.20 W/ft² for nonresidential conditioned
spaces, 1.00 W/ft² for residential conditioned spaces,and 0.50 W/ft² for semi heated spaces. The equipment power density shall be 0.75 W/ft² for nonresidential conditioned spaces,
0.25 W/ft² for residential conditioned spaces, and0.25 W/ft² for semi heated spaces. Continuous daylight dim-ming shall be assumed in all spaces and be activated at 50 fc for
nonresidential conditioned spaces and residential conditioned spaces and 30 fc for semi heated spaces.
C5.5 Surface reflectance's for day lighting calculations shall be 80% for ceilings, 50% for walls, and 20% for floors.
C5.6 Envelope performance factor is defined in the following equation.
C6.2 Envelope Performance Factor. The envelope performance factor (EPF) of a building shall be calculated using Equation C-2.
C6.4 Lighting. The lighting term for each zone in the building as defined in C4 shall be calculated using Equation C-4.
INTERPRETATION IC 90.1-1999-1 OF
ASHRAE/IESNA STANDARD 90.1-1999
Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings
February 4, 2000
Request from: Charles Eley, Eley Associates, 142 Minna Street, San Francisco, California 94105
Reference: This request for interpretation refers to the requirements presented in ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-1999, Section 9.3.2, relating to the exterior lighting power allowance.
Background: Section 9.3.2 has lighting power limits for exterior building lighting. Table 9.3.2 has limits for building entrances with a canopy, building entrances without a canopy,
building exits and illuminated building facades. For a single building, the standard permits trade-offs between these four applications.
Interpretation: For multi-building projects, exterior lighting power can be traded off between buildings. Each building does not have to separately meet its exterior lighting power
allowance.
Question: Is this interpretation correct?
Answer: Yes. The exterior lighting power allowance of a multi-building project is the sum of lighting power allowances for the applicable exterior entrances (with and without canopies)
and exits of all buildings.
Comments: The designer is provided with additional flexibility for relatively minor lighting loads without changing the total amount of exterior power allowance for the total project.
Building facades are not part of the exterior lighting power allowance. Building facade lighting power is “use-it or lose-it”.
ASHRAE 90.1 - 2001
9.2.1 Lighting Control
TABLE 9.3.1.1 - Lighting Power Densities - Building Area Method
ASHRAE 90.1 1999 addendum
ASHRAE 90.1 2001 addendum
9.2.1 Lighting Control
9.2.1.1 Automatic Lighting Shutoff. Interior lighting in buildings larger than 5000 ft² shall be controlled with an automatic control device to shut off
building lighting in all spaces. This automatic control device shall function on either
- a scheduled basis using a time-of-day operated control device that turns lighting off at specific programmed times–an independent program schedule shall be provided for areas of no more
than 25,000 ft² but not more than one floor–or
- an occupant sensor that shall turn lighting off within 30 minutes of an occupant leaving a space–or
- a signal from another control or alarm system that indicates the area is unoccupied.
Exception to 9.2.1.1: Lighting intended for 24-hour operation shall not require an automatic control device.
9.2.1.2 Space Control. Each space enclosed by ceiling height partitions shall have at least one control device to independently control the general lighting within the space. Each control
device shall be activated either manually by an occupant or automatically by sensing an occupant. Each control device shall
- control a maximum of 2500 ft² area for a space 10,000 ft² or less and a maximum of 10,000 ft² area for a space greater than 10,000 ft²,
- be capable of overriding the shutoff control required in 9.2.1.1 for no more than four hours, and
- be readily accessible and located so the occupant can see the controlled lighting.
Exception to 9.2.1.2: Remote location shall be permitted for reasons of safety or security when the remote control device has an indicator pilot
light as part of or next to the control device and it shall be clearly labeled to identify the controlled lighting.
9.2.1.3 Exterior Lighting Control. Lighting for all exterior applications not exempted in 9.1 and 9.3.2 shall be controlled by a photo sensor or astronomical time switch that is capable of
automatically turning off the exterior lighting when sufficient daylight is available or the lighting is not required.
Exception to 9.2.1.3: Lighting for covered vehicle entrances or exits from buildings or parking structures where required for safety, security, or
eye adaptation.
9.2.1.4 Additional Control.
- Display/Accent Lighting display or accent lighting shall have a separate control device.
- Case Lighting–lighting in cases used for display purposes shall have a separate control device.
- Hotel and Motel Guest Room Lighting–hotel and motel guest rooms and guest suites shall have a master control device at the main room entry that controls all permanently installed
luminaires and switched receptacles.
- Task Lighting–supplemental task lighting, including permanently installed under shelf or under cabinet lighting, shall have a control device integral to the luminaires or be
controlled by a wall-mounted control device provided the control device is readily accessible and located so that the occupant can see the controlled lighting
- Nonvisual Lighting–lighting for nonvisual applications, such as plant growth and food warming, shall have a separate control device.
- Demonstration Lighting–lighting equipment that is for sale or for demonstrations in lighting education shall have a separate control device.
TABLE 9.3.1.1
Lighting Power Densities Using
the Building Area Method
| Building Area Typea |
Lighting Power Density
(W/ft²) |
| Automotive Facility |
1.5 |
| Convention Center |
1.4 |
| Court House |
1.4 |
| Dining: Bar Lounge/Leisure |
1.5 |
| Dining: Cafeteria/Fast Food |
1.8 |
| Dining: Family |
1.9 |
| Dormitory |
1.5 |
| Exercise Center |
1.4 |
| Gymnasium |
1.7 |
| Hospital/Health Care |
1.6 |
| Hotel |
1.7 |
| Library |
1.5 |
| Manufacturing Facility |
2.2 |
| Motel |
2.0 |
| Motion Picture Theater |
1.6 |
| Multi-Family |
1.0 |
| Museum |
1.6 |
| Office |
1.3 |
| Parking Garage |
0.3 |
| Penitentiary |
1.2 |
| Performing Arts Theater |
1.5 |
| Police/Fire Station |
1.3 |
| Post Office |
1.6 |
| Religious Building |
2.2 |
| Retail |
1.9 |
| School/University |
1.5 |
| Sports Arena |
1.5 |
| Town Hall |
1.4 |
| Transportation |
1.2 |
| Warehouse |
1.2 |
| Workshop |
1.7 |
a In cases where both general building area type and a specific building area type are listed, the specific building area type shall apply.
9.2.2 Tandem Wiring. Luminaires designed for use with one or three linear fluorescent lamps greater than 30 W each shall use two-lamp tandem-wired ballasts in
place of single-lamp ballasts when two or more luminaires are in the same space and on the same control device.
Exceptions to 9.2.2:
(a) Recessed luminaires more than 10 ft apart measured center.
(b) Surface-mounted or pendant luminaires that are not continuous.
(c) Luminaires using single-lamdivhigh-frequency electronic ballasts.
(d) Luminaires using three-lamdivhigh-frequency electronic or three-lamp electromagnetic ballasts.
(e) Luminaires on emergency circuits.
(f) Luminaires with no available pair.
9.2.3 Exit Signs. Exit sign luminaires operating at greater than 20 watts shall have a minimum source efficacy of 35 lm/W.
9.2.4 Installed Interior Lighting Power. The installed interior lighting power shall include all power used by the luminaires, including lamps, ballasts, current regulators, and control devices
except as specifically exempted in 9.3.1.
Exception to 9.2.4: If two or more independently operating lighting systems in a space are capable of being controlled to prevent simultaneous user
operation, the installed interior lighting power shall be based solely on the lighting system with the highest wattage.
9.2.5 Luminaire Wattage.Luminaire wattage incorporated into the installed interior lighting power shall be determined in accordance with the following
criteria:
- The wattage of incandescent or tungsten-halogen luminaires with medium screw base sockets and not containing permanently installed ballasts shall be the maximum labeled wattage of the
luminaire.
- The wattage of luminaires with permanently installed or remote ballasts or transformers shall be the operating input wattage of the maximum lamp/auxiliary combination based on values from the
auxiliary manufacturer’s literature or recognized testing laboratories.
- The wattage of line-voltage lighting track and plug-in busway that allow the addition and/or relocation of luminaires without altering the wiring of the system shall be the specified wattage
of the luminaires included in the system with a minimum of 30 W/lin ft.
- The wattage of low-voltage lighting track, cable conductor, rail conductor, and other flexible lighting systems that allow the addition and/or relocation of luminaires without altering the
wiring of the system shall be the specified wattage of the transformer supplying the system.
- The wattage of all other miscellaneous lighting equipment shall be the specified wattage of the lighting equipment.
9.2.6 Exterior Building Grounds Lighting. All exterior building grounds luminaires that operate at greater than 100 watts shall contain lamps having a minimum efficacy of 60 lm/W unless the
luminaire is controlled by a motion sensor or qualifies for one of the exceptions under 9.1 or 9.3.2.
9.3 Prescriptive Path
9.3.1 Interior Lighting Power. The interior lighting power allowance for a building or a separately metered or permitted portion of a building shall be determined
by either the building area method described in 9.3.1.1 or the space-by space method described in 9.3.1.2. Trade-offs of interior lighting power allowance among portions of the building for which a
different method of calculation has been used are not permitted. The installed interior lighting power identified in accordance with 9.2.4 shall not exceed the interior lighting power allowance
developed in accordance with 9.3.1.1 or 9.3.1.2.
Exceptions to 9.3.1: The following lighting equipment and applications shall not be considered when determining the interior lighting power
allowance developed in accordance with 9.3.1.1 or 9.3.1.2, nor shall the wattage for such lighting be included in the installed interior lighting power identified in accordance with 9.2.4. However,
any such lighting shall not be exempt unless it is an addition to general lighting and is controlled by an independent control device.
(a) Display or accent lighting that is an essential element for the function performed in galleries, museums, and monuments.
(b) Lighting that is integral to equipment or instrumentation and is installed by its manufacturer.
(c) Lighting specifically designed for use only during medical or dental procedures and lighting integral to medical equipment.
(d) Lighting integral to both open and glass enclosed refrigerator and freezer cases.
(e) Lighting integral to food warming and food preparation equipment.
(f) Lighting for plant growth or maintenance.
(g) Lighting in spaces specifically designed for use by the visually impaired.
(h) Lighting in retail display windows, provided the display area is enclosed by ceiling-height partitions.
(i) Lighting in interior spaces that have been specifically designated as a registered interior historic landmark.
(j) Lighting that is an integral part of advertising or directional signage.
(k) Exit signs.
(l) Lighting that is for sale or lighting educational demonstration systems.
(m) Lighting for theatrical purposes, including performance, stage, and film and video production.
(n) Athletic playing areas with permanent facilities for television broadcasting.
(o) Casino gaming areas.
9.3.1.1 Building Area Method of Calculating Interior Lighting Power Allowance. Use the following steps to determine the interior lighting power allowance by the
building area method:
- Determine the appropriate building area type from Table 9.3.1.1 and the allowed lighting power density (watts per unit area) from the building area method column. For building area types not
listed, selection of a reasonably equivalent type shall be permitted.
- Determine the gross lighted floor area (square feet) of the building area type.
- Multiply the gross lighted floor areas of the building area type(s) times the lighting power density.
- The interior lighting power allowance for the building is the sum of the lighting power allowances of all building area types. Trade-offs among building area types are permitted provided that
the total installed interior lighting power does not exceed the interior lighting power allowance.
9.3.1.2 Space-by-Space Method of Calculating Interior Lighting Power Allowance. Use the following steps to determine the interior lighting power allowance by the
space-by-space method:
- Determine the appropriate building type from Table 9.3.1.2. For building types not listed, selection of a reasonably equivalent type shall be permitted.
- For each space enclosed by partitions 80% or greater than ceiling height, determine the gross interior floor area by measuring to the center of the partition wall. Include the floor area of
balconies or other projections. Retail spaces do not have to comply with the 80% partition height requirements.
- Determine the interior lighting power allowance by using the columns designated space-by-space method in Table 9.3.1.2. Multiply the floor area(s) of the space(s) times the allowed lighting
power density for the space type that most closely represents the proposed use of the space(s). The product is the lighting power allowance for the space(s). For space types not listed, selection
of a reasonable equivalent category shall be permitted.
- The interior lighting power allowance is the sum of lighting power allowances of all spaces. Trade-offs among spaces are permitted provided that the total installed interior lighting power
does not exceed the interior lighting power allowance.
9.3.1.2.1 Additional Interior Lighting Power. When using the space-by-space method, an increase in the interior lighting power allowance is allowed for specific
lighting functions. Additional power shall be allowed only if the specified lighting is installed, shall be used only for the specified luminaires, and shall not be used for any other purpose or in
any other space.
An increase in the interior lighting power allowance is permitted in the following cases:
- For spaces in which lighting is specified to be installed in addition to the general lighting for the purpose of decorative appearance, such as chandelier-type luminaries or sconces or for
highlighting art or exhibits, provided that the additional lighting power shall not exceed 1.0 W/ft² of such spaces.
- For spaces in which lighting is specified to be installed to meet the requirements of visual display terminals as the primary viewing task, provided that the additional lighting power shall
not exceed 0.35 W/ft² of such spaces and that the specified luminaire meets requirements for use in such spaces. Maximum average luminance measured from the vertical in candelas per square
foot of not more than 80 cd/ft² at 65 degrees, 33 cd/ft² at 75 degrees, and 17 cd/ft² at 85 to 90 degrees.
- For lighting equipment installed in retail spaces that is specifically designed and directed to highlight merchandise, provided that the additional lighting power shall not exceed
- 1.6 W/ft² times the area of specific display or
- 3.9 W/ft² times the area of specific display for valuable merchandise, such as jewelry, fine apparel and accessories, china and silver, art, and similar items, where detailed display
and examination of merchandise are important.
TABLE 9.3.2
Lighting Power Limits for Building Exteriors
| Applications |
Power Limits |
| Building entrance with canopy or free standing canopy |
3 W/ft² of canopied area |
| Building entrance without canopy |
33 W/lin ft of door width |
| Building exit |
20 W/lin ft of door width |
9.3.2 Exterior Building Lighting Power. The exterior building facade lighting power shall not exceed 0.25 W/ft² of the illuminated area. The exterior lighting
power allowance for all other exterior building applications is the sum of the lighting power limits permitted and specified in Table 9.3.2 for these applications. Exterior lighting for all
applications (except those included in the exceptions to 9.1 and 9.3.2) shall comply with the requirements of 9.2.6.
Exceptions to 9.3.2: Lighting used for the following exterior applications is exempt when equipped with an independent control device:
(a) specialized signal, directional, and marker lighting associated with transportation;
(b) lighting used to highlight features of public monuments and registered historic landmark structures or buildings; and
(c) lighting that is integral to advertising signage.
…
11.3.8 Lighting. Lighting power in the proposed design shall be determined as follows:
- Where a complete lighting system exists, the actual lighting power shall be used in the model.
- Where a lighting system has been designed, lighting power shall be determined in accordance with 9.3.
- Where no lighting exists or is specified, lighting power shall be determined in accordance with the Building Area Method for the appropriate building type.
…
11.4.5 Lighting. Lighting power in the budget building design shall be determined using the same categorization procedure (building area or space function) and categories as the proposed design
with lighting power set equal to the maximum allowed for the corresponding method and category in 9.3. Lighting controls shall be the minimum required.
…
C5.4 The electrical systems shall be the same for both the base envelope design and the proposed design. The lighting power density shall be 1.20 W/ft² for nonresidential conditioned
spaces, 1.00 W/ft² for residential conditioned spaces, and 0.50 W/ft² for semiheated spaces. The equipment power density shall be 0.75 W/ft² for nonresidential conditioned spaces,
0.25 W/ft² for residential conditioned spaces, and 0.25 W/ft² for semiheated spaces. Continuous daylight dimming shall be assumed in all spaces and be activated at 50 fc for
nonresidential conditioned spaces and residential conditioned spaces and 30 fc for semiheated spaces.
TABLE C6.6
Coefficients for Calculating Kd
| Coefficient |
Skylight |
Vertical Fenestration |
| Φ1 |
0.589 |
0.737 |
| Φ2 |
5.18E-07 |
-3.17E-04 |
| Φ3 |
-220 |
-24.71 |
| Φ4 |
2.29 |
0.234 |
TABLE F-1
Addenda to ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-1999; Changes Identified
Addenda to
90.1-1999 |
Sections Affected |
Description of Changesa |
| 90.1v |
9. Lighting |
In 9.2.1.1, Automatic Lighting Shutoff, the term “occupant intervention” is vague and needed clarification. |
| 90.1w |
9. Lighting |
This change to 9.3.1.2, Space-by-Space Method of Calculating Interior Lighting Power Allowance, clarifies the intended use of this additional interior lighting allowance. |
| 90.1y |
9. Lighting |
This addendum clarifies the definition of “General Low Bay” and “General High Bay” under the heading of Industrial Buildings, Table 9.3.1.2, Lighting Power Densities
Using the Space-by-Space Method. |
| 90.1z |
9. Lighting |
This change to 9.3.2, Exterior Building Lighting Power, and Table 9.3.2, Lighting Power Limits for Building Exteriors, clarifies the language and intent of exterior building lighting
power. |
| 90.1aa |
8. Power |
Change to 8.2.1.1, Feeders, and 8.2.1.2, Branch Circuits, specifies that connection load is not always the sizing method used in electrical design. |
| 90.1ab |
9. Lighting |
Change to 9.3, Prescriptive Path, and Table 9.3.1.2, Space-by-Space Method of Calculating Interior Lighting Power Allowance, clarifies that the additional power allowances apply to any
lighted area that meets the criteria. |
| 90.1ah |
9. Lighting |
Change to 9.3.1.1 to allow building area lighting power allowance method to be used for all buildings. |
| 90.1ai |
9. Lighting |
Change to 9.3.1.1, adding footnote to Table 9.3.1.1 to indicate specific building types apply. |
a These descriptions may not be complete and are provided for information only.
G3.8 Lighting. Lighting power in the proposed design shall be determined as follows:
(a) Where a complete lighting system exists, the actual lighting power shall be used in the model.
(b) Where a lighting system has been designed, lighting power shall be determined in accordance with 9.2.4 and9.2.5.
(c) Where lighting neither exists nor is specified, lighting power shall be determined in accordance with the building area method for the appropriate building type.
(d) Lighting system power shall include all lighting system components shown or provided for on the plans (including lamps and ballasts and task and furniture-mounted fixtures).
Exception to G3.8 (d): For multifamily living units, hotel/motel guest rooms, and other spaces in which lighting systems are connected via
receptacle sand are not shown or provided for on building plans, assume identical lighting power for the proposed and baseline building designs in the simulations, but exclude these loads when
calculating the baseline building performance and proposed building performance.
(e) Lighting power for parking garages and building facades shall be modeled.
(f) Credit may be taken for the use of automatic controls for daylight utilization but only if their operation is either modeled directly in the building simulation or modeled in the building
simulation through schedule adjustments determined by a separate day lighting analysis approved by the rating authority.
(g) For automatic lighting controls in addition to those required for minimum code compliance under 9.2, credit may be taken for automatically controlled systems by reducing the connected
lighting power by the applicable percentages listed in Table G3.8. Alternatively, credit may be taken for these devices by modifying the lighting schedules used for the proposed design, provided
that credible technical documentation for the modifications are provided to the rating authority.
TABLE G3.8
Power Adjustment Percentages for Automatic Lighting Controls
| Automatic Control Devices(s) |
Non 24 h &
<=5,000 ft² (460 m²) |
All other |
| (1) Programmable timing control |
10% |
0% |
| (2) Occupancy sensor |
15% |
10% |
| (3) Occupancy sensor and programmable timing control |
15% |
10% |
Note:The 5,000ft⊃ (460 m²) condition pertains to the total floor area of the building.
G4.4 Baseline Lighting Systems. Lighting power in the baseline building design shall be determined using the same categorization procedure (Building Area or Space Function) and categories as the
proposed design with lighting power set equal to the maximum allowed for the corresponding method and category in 9.3. No automatic lighting controls (e.g., programmable controls or automatic
controls for daylight utilization) shall be modeled in the baseline building design because the lighting schedules used are understood to reflect the mandatory control requirements in this
standard.
ADDENDUM g to 90.1-2001 (I-P and SI EDITIONS)
-
Revise Table 9.3.1.1 as shown to incorporate revised whole building LPD values and split the previous hospital/health care category into two separate categories. The revised LPD values
reflect current light source efficiency data, recent research work on light loss factors, and the latest IESNA light level recommendations.
I-P TABLES:
TABLE 9.3.1.1,
Lighting Power Densities Using
the Building Area Method
| Building Area Type |
Lighting Power Density (W/ft²) |
| Automotive Facility |
0.9 |
| Convention Center |
1.2 |
| Court House |
1.2 |
| Dining: Bar Lounge/Leisure |
1.3 |
| Dining: Cafeteria/Fast Food |
1.4 |
| Dining: Family |
1.6 |
| Dormitory |
1.0 |
| Exercise Center |
1.0 |
| Gymnasium |
1.1 |
| Healthcare-Clinic |
1.0 |
| Hospital |
1.2 |
| Hotel |
1.0 |
| Library |
1.3 |
| Manufacturing Facility |
1.3 |
| Motel |
1.0 |
| Motion Picture Theatre |
1.2 |
| Multi-Family |
0.7 |
| Museum |
1.1 |
| Office |
1.0 |
| Parking Garage |
0.3 |
| Penitentiary |
1.0 |
| Performing Arts Theatre |
1.6 |
| Police/Fire Station |
1.0 |
| Post Office |
1.1 |
| Religious Building |
1.3 |
| Retail |
1.5 |
| School/University |
1.2 |
| Sports Arena |
1.1 |
| Town Hall |
1.1 |
| Transportation |
1.0 |
| Warehouse |
0.8 |
| Workshop |
1.4 |
a In cases where both general building area type and a specific building area type are listed, the specific building area type shall apply.
-
Replace Table 9.3.1.2 with the following new table to incorporate revised space-by-space LPD values and provide a table format that includes the same space categories as the previous table
but in a clearer, easier-to-use format. These revised LPD values reflect current light source efficiency data, recent research on light loss factors, and the latest IESNA light level
recommendations.
TABLE 9.3.1.2 Lighting Power Densities Using the Space-by-Space Method
| Common Space Types |
LPD (W/ft²) |
Building Specific Space Types (Continued) |
LPD (W/ft²) |
| Office-enclosed |
1.1 |
Fire Stations |
|
| Office-open plan |
1.1 |
Fire Station Engine room
|
0.8 |
| Conference/ Meeting/ Multipurpose |
1.3 |
Sleeping Quarters
|
0.3 |
| Classroom/ Lecture/ Training |
1.4 |
Post Office - Sorting Area |
1.2 |
|
For Penitentiary
|
1.3 |
Convention Center - Exhibit Space |
1.3 |
| Lobby |
1.3 |
Library |
|
|
For Hotel
|
1.1 |
Card File & Cataloguing
|
1.1 |
|
For Performing Arts Theater
|
3.3 |
Stacks
|
1.7 |
|
For Motion Picture Theatre
|
1.1 |
Reading Area
|
1.2 |
| Audience/ Seating Area |
0.9 |
Hospital |
|
|
For Gymnasium
|
0.4 |
Emergency
|
2.7 |
|
For Exercise Center
|
03. |
Recovery
|
0.8 |
|
For Convention Center
|
0.7 |
Nurse station
|
1.0 |
|
For Penitentiary
|
0.7 |
Exam/Treatment
|
1.5 |
|
For Religious Buildings
|
1.7 |
Pharmacy
|
1.2 |
|
For Sports Arena
|
0.4 |
Patient Room
|
0.7 |
|
For Performing Arts Theatre
|
2.6 |
Operating Room
|
2.2 |
|
For Motion Picture theatre
|
1.2 |
Nursery
|
0.6 |
|
For Transportation
|
0.5 |
Medical Supply
|
1.4 |
| Atrium-first three floors |
0.6 |
Physical Therapy
|
0.9 |
| Atrium-each additional floor |
0.2 |
Radiology
|
0.4 |
| Lounge/Recreation |
1.2 |
Laundry-Washing
|
0.6 |
|
For Hospital
|
0.8 |
Automotive – Service/Repair |
0.7 |
| Dining are |
0.9 |
Manufacturing |
|
|
For Penitentiary
|
1.3 |
Low Bay (<25 ft Floor to Ceiling Height)
|
1.2 |
|
For Hotel
|
1.3 |
High Bay (>25 ft Floor to Ceiling Height)
|
1.7 |
|
For Motel
|
1.2 |
Detailed Manufacturing
|
2.1 |
|
For Bar Lounge/Leisure Dining
|
1.4 |
Equipment room
|
1.2 |
|
For Family Dining
|
2.1 |
Control room
|
0.5 |
| Food Preparation |
1 |
Hotel/ Motel Guest Rooms |
1.1 |
| Laboratory |
1.4 |
Dormitory - Living Quarters |
1.1 |
| Restrooms |
0.9 |
Museum |
|
| Dressing/Locker/Fitting Room |
0.6 |
General Exhibition
|
1.0 |
| Corridor/Transition |
0.5 |
Restoration
|
1.7 |
|
For Hospital
|
1.0 |
Bank/Office - Banking Activity Area |
1.5 |
|
For Manufacturing Facility
|
0.5 |
Religious Buildings |
|
| Stairs – active |
0.6 |
Worship-pulpit, choir
|
2.4 |
| Active Storage |
0.8 |
Fellowship Hall
|
0.9 |
|
For Hospital
|
0.9 |
Retail [For accent lighting see 9.3.1.2.1.(c)] |
|
| Inactive storage |
0.3 |
Sales area
|
2.1 |
|
For Museum
|
0.8 |
Mall Concourse
|
1.7 |
| Electrical/ mechanical |
1.5 |
Sports Arena |
|
| Workshop |
1.9 |
Ring Sports Area
|
2.7 |
| |
|
Court Sports Area
|
2.3 |
| Building Specific Space Types |
|
Indoor Playing Field Area
|
1.4 |
| Gymnasium/ Exercise Center |
|
Warehouse |
|
|
Playing Area
|
1.4 |
Fine Material Storage
|
1.4 |
|
Exercise Area
|
0.9 |
Medium/Bulky Material Storage
|
0.9 |
| Courthouse/ Police Station/ Penitentiary |
|
Parking Garage - Garage Area |
0.2 |
|
Courtroom
|
1.9 |
Transportation |
|
|
Confinement Cells
|
0.9 |
Airport - Concourse
|
0.6 |
|
Judges Chambers
|
1.3 |
Air/Train/Bus - Baggage Area
|
1.0 |
| |
|
Terminal - Ticket counter
|
1.5 |
a In cases where both a common space type and a building specific space type are listed, the building specific space type shall apply.
TABLE 9.3.1.1
Lighting Power Densities
Using the Building Area Method
| Building Area Type |
Lighting Power Density (W/m²) |
| Automotive Facility |
10 |
| Convention Center |
13 |
| Court House |
13 |
| Dining: Bar Lounge/Leisure |
13 |
| Dining: Cafeteria/Fast Food |
15 |
| Dining: Family |
17 |
| Dormitory |
11 |
| Exercise Center |
11 |
| Gymnasium |
12 |
| Healthcare-Clinic |
11 |
| Hospital |
13 |
| Hotel |
11 |
| Library |
14 |
| Manufacturing Facility |
14 |
| Motel |
11 |
| Motion Picture Theatre |
13 |
| Multi-Family |
8 |
| Museum |
12 |
| Office |
11 |
| Parking Garage |
3 |
| Penitentiary |
11 |
| Performing Arts Theatre |
17 |
| Police/Fire Station |
11 |
| Post Office |
12 |
| Religious Building |
14 |
| Retail |
16 |
| School/University |
13 |
| Sports Arena |
12 |
| Town Hall |
12 |
| Transportation |
11 |
| Warehouse |
9 |
| Workshop |
15 |
a In cases where both general building area type and a specific building area type are listed, the specific building area type shall apply.
TABLE 9.3.1.2 Lighting Power Densities the Space by Space Method
| Space-by-Space Method Lighting Power Density(LPD) |
| Common Space Types |
LPD(W/m²) |
Building Specific Spaces Types (Continued) |
LPD(W/m²) |
| Office-enclosed |
1.1 |
Fire Stations |
|
| Office-open plan |
1.1 |
Fire Station Engine Room
|
0.8 |
| Conference-Meeting-Multipurpose |
1.3 |
Sleeping Quarters
|
0.3 |
| Classroom-Lecture-Training |
1.4 |
Post Office- Sorting Area |
1.2 |
|
For Penitentiary
|
1.3 |
Convention Center- Exhibit Space |
1.3 |
| Lobby |
1.3 |
Library |
|
|
For Hotel
|
1.1 |
Card File&Cataloguing
|
1.1 |
|
For Performing Arts Theater
|
3.3 |
Stacks
|
1.7 |
|
For Motion Picture Theater
|
1.1 |
Reading Area
|
1.2 |
| Audience-Seating Area |
0.9 |
Hospital |
|
|
For Gymnasium
|
0.4 |
Emergency
|
2.7 |
|
For Exercise Center
|
0.3 |
Recovery
|
0.8 |
|
For Covenanting Center
|
0.7 |
Nurse Station
|
1.0 |
|
For Penitentiary
|
0.7 |
Exam-Treatment
|
1.5 |
|
For Religious Buildings
|
1.7 |
Pharmacy
|
1.2 |
|
For Sports Arena
|
0.4 |
Patient Room
|
0.7 |
|
For Performing Arts Theatre
|
2.6 |
Operating Room
|
2.2 |
|
For Motion Picture Theatre
|
1.2 |
Nursery
|
0.6 |
|
For Transportation
|
0.5 |
Medical Supply
|
1.4 |
| Atrium-first three floors |
0.6 |
Physical Therapy
|
0.9 |
| Atrium-each additional floor |
0.2 |
Radiology
|
0.4 |
| Lounge-Recreation |
1.2 |
Laundry-Washing
|
0.6 |
|
For Hospital
|
0.8 |
Automotive-Service-Repair |
0.7 |
| Dining area |
0.9 |
Manufacturing |
|
|
For Penitentiary
|
1.3 |
Low Bay(<25 ft Floor to Ceiling Height)
|
1.2 |
|
For Hotel
|
1.3 |
High Bay(<25 ft Floor to Ceiling Height)
|
1.7 |
|
For Motel
|
1.2 |
Detailed Manufacturing
|
2.1 |
|
For Bar Lounge-Leisure Dining
|
1.4 |
Equipment Room
|
1.2 |
|
For Family Dining
|
2.1 |
Control Room
|
0.5 |
| Food Preparation |
1.2 |
Hotel-Motel Guest Rooms |
1.1 |
| Laboratory |
1.4 |
Dormitory-Living Quarters |
1.1 |
| Restrooms |
0.9 |
Museum |
|
| Dressing-Locker-Fitting Room |
0.6 |
General Exhibition
|
1.0 |
| Corridor-Transition |
0.5 |
Restoration
|
1.7 |
|
For Hospital
|
1.0 |
Bank-Office-Banking Activity Area |
1.5 |
|
For Manufacturing Facility
|
0.5 |
Religious Buildings |
|
| Stairs - active |
6 |
Worship-pulpit, choir
|
26 |
| Active Storage |
9 |
Fellowship Hall
|
10 |
|
For Hospital
|
10 |
Retail [For accent lighting see 9.3.1.2.1(c)] |
|
| Inactive storage |
3 |
Sales area
|
23 |
|
For Museum
|
9 |
Mall Concourse
|
18 |
| Electrical/ mechanical |
16 |
Sports Arena |
|
| Workshop |
20 |
Ring Sports Area
|
29 |
| |
|
Court Sports Area
|
25 |
| Building Specific Space Types |
|
Indoor Playing Field Area
|
15 |
| Gymnasium/ Exercise Center |
|
Warehouse |
|
|
Playing Area
|
15 |
Fine Material Storage
|
15 |
|
Exercise Area
|
10 |
Medium/Bulky Material Storage
|
10 |
| Courthouse/ Police Station/ Penitentiary |
|
Parking Garage - Garage Area |
2 |
|
Courtroom
|
20 |
Transportation |
|
|
Confinement Cells
|
10 |
Airport - Concourse
|
6 |
|
Judges Chambers
|
14 |
Air/Train/Bus - Baggage Area
|
11 |
| |
|
Terminal - Ticket counter
|
16 |
a In cases where both a common space type and a building specific space type are listed, the building specific space type shall apply.
11.4.5 Lighting. Lighting power in the budget building design shall be determined using the same categorization procedure (building area or space function) and
categories as the proposed design with lighting power set equal to the maxi-mum allowed for the corresponding method and category in 9.3. Power for fixtures not included in the lighting power
density calculation shall be modeled identically in the proposed and budget building. Lighting controls shall be the minimum required.
Addendum ae to 90.1-2001 (I-P and SI editions)
Revise Section 9.2.1.2 as follows:
9.2.1.2 Space Control. Each space enclosed by ceiling height partitions shall have at least one control device to independently control the general lighting within
the space. Each manual device shall be readily accessible and located so the occupants can see the controlled lighting.
- A control device shall be installed that automatically turns lighting off within 30 minutes of all occupants leaving a space, except spaces with multi-scene control,in:
- Classrooms (not including shop classrooms, laboratory classrooms, and preschool through 12th grade classrooms)
- Conference/meeting rooms
- Employee lunch and break rooms
These spaces are not required to be connected to other automatic lighting shutoff controls.
- For all other spaces, control device shall be activated either manually by an occupant or automatically by sensing an occupant. Each control device shall a. control a maximum of 2500 ft²
(232 m2) area for a space 10,000 ft² (929 m2) or less and a maximum of 10,000 ft² (929 m²) area for a space greater than 10,000 ft² (929 m²), and be capable of overriding
any time-of-day scheduled shutoff control for no more than four hours,
Exception to 9.2.1.2: Remote location shall be permitted for reasons of safety or security when the remote control device has an indicator pilot
light as part of or next to the control device and the light is clearly labeled to identify the controlled lighting.
TABLE 9.3.1.2 Lighting Power Densities Using the Space-by-Space Method
| Common Space Types |
LPD(W/ft²) |
Building Specific Space Types |
LPD (W/ft²) |
| Office-enclosed |
1.1 |
Gymnasium/ Exercise Center |
|
| Office-open plan |
1.1 |
Playing Area
|
1.4 |
| Conference/ Meeting/ Multipurpose |
1.3 |
Exercise Area
|
0.9 |
| Classroom/ Lecture/ Training |
1.4 |
Courthouse/ Police Station/ Penitentiary |
|
|
For Penitentiary
|
1.3 |
Courtroom
|
1.9 |
| Lobby |
1.3 |
Confinement Cells
|
0.9 |
|
For Hotel
|
1.1 |
Judges Chambers
|
1.3 |
|
For Performing Arts Theater
|
3.3 |
Fire Stations |
|
|
For Motion Picture Theatre
|
1.1 |
Fire Station Engine room
|
0.8 |
| Audience/ Seating Area |
0.9 |
Sleeping Quarters
|
0.3 |
|
For Gymnasium
|
0.4 |
Post Office—Sorting Area |
1.2 |
|
For Exercise Center
|
0.3 |
Convention Center—Exhibit Space |
1.3 |
|
For Convention Center
|
0.4 |
Library |
|
|
For Penitentiary
|
0.4 |
Card File & Cataloguing
|
1.1 |
|
For Religious Buildings
|
1.4 |
Stacks
|
1.7 |
|
For Sports Arena
|
0.4 |
Reading Area
|
1.2 |
|
For Performing Arts Theatre
|
2.6 |
Hospital |
|
|
For Motion Picture theatre
|
1.2 |
Emergency
|
2.7 |
|
For Transportation
|
0.5 |
Recovery
|
0.8 |
| Atrium-first three floors |
0.6 |
Nurse station
|
1.0 |
| Atrium-each additional floor |
0.2 |
Exam/Treatment
|
1.5 |
| Lounge/Recreation |
1.2 |
Pharmacy
|
1.2 |
|
For Hospital
|
0. |
Patient Room
|
0.7 |
| Dining area |
0.9 |
Operating Room
|
2.2 |
|
For Penitentiary
|
1.3 |
Nursery
|
0.6 |
|
For Hotel
|
1.3 |
Medical Supply
|
1.4 |
|
For Motel
|
1.2 |
Physical Therapy
|
0.9 |
|
For Bar Lounge/Leisure Dining
|
1.4 |
Radiology
|
0.4 |
|
For Family Dining
|
2.1 |
Laundry—Washing
|
0.6 |
| Food Preparation |
1.2 |
Automotive—Service/Repair |
0.7 |
| Laboratory |
1.4 |
Manufacturing |
|
| Restrooms |
0.9 |
Low Bay (<25 ft Floor to Ceiling Height)
|
1.2 |
| Dressing/Locker/Fitting Room |
0.6 |
High Bay (>25 ft Floor to Ceiling Height)
|
1.7 |
| Corridor/Transition |
0.5 |
Detailed Manufacturing
|
2.1 |
|
For Hospital
|
1.0 |
Equipment room
|
1.2 |
|
For Manufacturing Facility
|
0.5 |
Control room
|
0.5 |
| Stairs – active |
0.6 |
Hotel/ Motel Guest Rooms |
1.1 |
| Active Storage |
0.8 |
Dormitory—Living Quarters |
1.1 |
|
For Hospital
|
0.9 |
Museum |
|
| Inactive storage |
0.3 |
General Exhibition
|
1.0 |
|
For Museum
|
0.8 |
Restoration
|
1.7 |
| Electrical/ mechanical |
1.5 |
Bank/Office—Banking Activity Area |
1.5 |
| Workshop |
1.9 |
Religious Buildings |
|
| |
|
Worship-pulpit, choir
|
2.4 |
| |
|
Fellowship Hall
|
0.9 |
| |
|
Retail [For accent lighting see 9.3.1.2.1.(c)] |
|
| |
|
Sales area
|
1.7 |
| |
|
Mall Concourse
|
1.7 |
| |
|
Sports Arena |
|
| |
|
Ring Sports Area
|
2.7 |
| |
|
Court Sports Area
|
2.3 |
| |
|
Indoor Playing Field Area
|
1.4 |
| |
|
Warehouse |
|
| |
|
Fine Material Storage
|
1.4 |
| |
|
Medium/Bulky Material Storage
|
0.9 |
| |
|
Parking Garage—Garage Area |
0.2 |
| |
|
Transportation |
|
| |
|
Airport—Concourse
|
0.6 |
| |
|
Air/Train/Bus—Baggage Area
|
1.0 |
| |
|
Terminal—Ticket counter
|
1.5 |
a In cases where both a common space type and a building specific space type are listed, the building specific space type shall apply.
SI Version:
TABLE 9.3.1.2
Lighting Power Densities Using the Space-by-Space Method
| Common Space Types |
LPD (W/m2) |
Building Specific Space Types |
LPD (W/m2) |
| Office-enclosed |
12 |
Gymnasium/ Exercise Center |
|
| Office-open plan |
12 |
Playing Area
|
15 |
| Conference/ Meeting/ Multipurpose |
14 |
Exercise Area
|
10 |
| Classroom/ Lecture/ Training |
15 |
Courthouse/ Police Station/ Penitentiary |
20 |
|
For Penitentiary
|
14 |
Courtroom
|
10 |
| Lobby |
14 |
Confinement Cells
|
14 |
|
For Hotel
|
12 |
Judges Chambers
|
|
|
For Performing Arts Theater
|
36 |
Fire Stations |
9 |
|
For Motion Picture Theatre
|
12 |
Fire Station Engine room
|
3 |
| Audience/ Seating Area |
10 |
Sleeping Quarters
|
13 |
|
For Gymnasium
|
4 |
Post Office—Sorting Area |
14 |
|
For Exercise Center
|
3 |
Convention Center—Exhibit Space |
|
|
For Convention Center
|
8 |
Library |
9 |
|
For Penitentiary
|
8 |
Card File & Cataloguing
|
3 |
|
For Religious Buildings
|
18 |
Stacks
|
13 |
|
For Sports Arena
|
4 |
Reading Area
|
14 |
|
For Performing Arts Theatre
|
28 |
Hospital |
|
|
For Motion Picture theatre
|
13 |
Emergency
|
12 |
|
For Transportation
|
5 |
Recovery
|
18 |
| Atrium-first three floors |
6 |
Nurse station
|
13 |
| Atrium-each additional floor |
2 |
Exam/Treatment
|
|
| Lounge/Recreation |
13 |
Pharmacy
|
29 |
|
For Hospital
|
9 |
Patient Room
|
9 |
| Dining area |
10 |
Operating Room
|
11 |
|
For Penitentiary
|
14 |
Nursery
|
16 |
|
For Hotel
|
14 |
Medical Supply
|
13 |
|
For Motel
|
13 |
Physical Therapy
|
8 |
|
For Bar Lounge/Leisure Dining
|
15 |
Radiology
|
24 |
|
For Family Dining
|
23 |
Laundry—Washing
|
6 |
| Food Preparation |
13 |
Automotive—Service/Repair |
15 |
| Laboratory |
15 |
Manufacturing |
10 |
| Restrooms |
10 |
Low Bay (<25 ft Floor to Ceiling Height)
|
4 |
| Dressing/Locker/Fitting Room |
6 |
High Bay (>25 ft Floor to Ceiling Height)
|
6 |
| Corridor/Transition |
5 |
Detailed Manufacturing
|
23 |
|
For Hospital
|
11 |
Equipment room
|
13 |
|
For Manufacturing Facility
|
5 |
Control room
|
5 |
| Stairs—active |
6 |
Hotel/ Motel Guest Rooms |
12 |
| Active Storage |
9 |
Dormitory—Living Quarters |
12 |
|
For Hospital
|
10 |
Museum |
|
| Inactive storage |
3 |
General Exhibition
|
11 |
|
For Museum
|
9 |
Restoration
|
18 |
| Electrical/ mechanical |
16 |
Bank/Office—Banking Activity Area |
16 |
| Workshop |
20 |
Religious Buildings |
|
| |
|
Worship-pulpit, choir
|
26 |
| |
|
Fellowship Hall
|
10 |
| |
|
Retail [For accent lighting see 9.3.1.2.1.(c)] |
|
| |
|
Sales area
|
18 |
| |
|
Mall Concourse
|
18 |
| |
|
Sports Arena |
|
| |
|
Ring Sports Area
|
29 |
| |
|
Court Sports Area
|
25 |
| |
|
Indoor Playing Field Area
|
15 |
| |
|
Warehouse |
|
| |
|
Fine Material Storage
|
15 |
| |
|
Medium/Bulky Material Storage
|
10 |
| |
|
Parking Garage—Garage Area |
2 |
| |
|
Transportation |
|
| |
|
Airport—Concourse
|
6 |
| |
|
Air/Train/Bus—Baggage Area
|
11 |
| |
|
Terminal—Ticket counter
|
16 |
a In cases where both a common space type and a building specific space type are listed, the building specific space type shall apply.
INTERPRETATION IC 90.1-2001-5 OF
ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA STANDARD 90.1-2001
Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings
Revision Approved: April 22, 2002
Originally issued as interpretation of Standard 90.1-1999 on February 4, 2000 (IC 90.1-1999-1), but revised based on the publication of 90.1-2001. Revisions made to all Background, Question and
Answer statements to reflect Standard 90.1-2001 language.
Request from:Charles Eley, Eley Associates, 142 Minna Street, San Francisco, California 94105
Reference: This request for interpretation refers to the requirements presented in ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-2001, Section 9.3.2, relating to the exterior lighting power
allowance.
Background: Section 9.3.2 has lighting power limits for exterior building lighting. Table 9.3.2 has limits for building entrances with a canopy, building entrances without a canopy, and
building exits. For a single building, the standard permits trade-offs between these three applications.
Interpretation: For multi-building projects, exterior lighting power can be traded off between buildings. Each building does not have to separately meet its exterior lighting power
allowance.
Question: Is this interpretation correct?
Answer: Yes. The exterior lighting power allowance of a multi-building project is the sum of lighting power allowances for the applicable exterior entrances (with and without canopies)
and exits of all buildings.
Comments: The designer is provided with additional flexibility for relatively minor lighting loads without changing the total amount of exterior power allowance for the total project.
Building facades are not part of the exterior lighting power allowance. Building facade lighting power is “use-it or lose-it”.
ASHRAE 90.1 - 2007
3. DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS, AND ACRONYMS
…
fenestration:all areas (including the frames) in the building envelope that let in light, including windows, plastic panels, clerestories, skylights, glass doors that are more than
one-half glass, and glass block walls. (See building envelope and door.)
(a) skylight: a fenestration surface having a slope of less than 60 degrees from the horizontal plane. Other fenestration, even if mounted on the roof of a building, is considered
vertical fenestration.
(b) vertical fenestration: all fenestration other than skylights. Trombe wall assemblies, where glazing is installed within 12 in. of a mass wall, are considered walls, not
fenestration.
fenestration area: total area of the fenestration measured using the rough opening and including the glazing, sash, and frame. For doors where the glazed vision area is less than
50% of the door area, the fenestration area is the glazed vision area. For all other doors, the fenestration area is the door area. (See door area.)
fenestration, vertical: (See fenestration and skylight.)
…
lighting power allowance:
(a)interior lighting power allowance: the maximum lighting power in watts allowed for the interior of a building.
(b)exterior lighting power allowance: the maximum lighting power in watts allowed for the exterior of a building.
lighting power density (LPD): the maximum lighting power per unit area of a building classification of space function.
…
occupant sensor: a device that detects the presence or absence of people within an area and causes lighting, equipment, or appliances to be regulated accordingly.
…
4. ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT
…
4.1.1.4 Replacement of Portions of Existing Buildings: Portions of a building envelope, heating, ventilating, air-conditioning, service water heating, power, lighting, and other systems
and equipment that are being replaced shall be considered as Alterations of Existing Buildings and shall comply with the Standard as described in Section 4.2.
4.1.1.5 Changes in Space Conditioning. Whenever unconditioned or semiheated spaces in a building are converted to conditioned spaces, such conditioned spaces
shall be brought into compliance with all the applicable requirements of this standard that would apply to the building envelope, heating, ventilating, air-conditioning, service water heating,
power, lighting, and other systems and equipment of the space as if the building were new.
…
4.2 Compliance
4.2.1 Compliance Paths
4.2.1.1 New Buildings: New Buildings shall comply with either the provisions of Sections 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10 or Section 11.
4.2.1.2 Additions to Existing Buildings: Additions to existing buildings shall comply with either the provisions of Sections 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10 or Section 11.
Exception to 4.2.1.2: When an addition to an existing building cannot comply by itself, trade-offs will be allowed by modification to one or more of the existing components of the
existing building. Modeling of the modified components of the existing building and addition shall employ the procedures of Section 11; and the addition shall not increase the
energy consumption of the existing building plus the addition beyond the energy that would be consumed by the existing building plus the addition if the addition alone did comply.
4.2.1.3 Alterations of Existing Buildings: Alterations of existing buildings shall comply with the provisions of Sections 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10, provided, however that
nothing in this standard shall require compliance with any provision of this standard if such compliance will result in the increase of energy consumption of the building.
Exceptions to 4.2.1.3:
(a) A building that has been specifically designated as historically significant by the adopting authority or is listed in “The National Register of Historic Places” or has
been determined to be eligible for listing by the U.S Secretary of the Interior need not comply with these requirements.
(b) Where one or more components of an existing building or portions thereof are being replaced, the annual energy consumption of the comprehensive design shall not be greater
than the annual energy consumption of a substantially identical design, using the same energy types, in which the applicable requirements of Sections 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10, as provided in
4.2.1.3, and such compliance is verified by a design professional, by the use of any calculation methods acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction.
…
5.8.1.6 Recessed Equipment. Lighting fixtures; heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning equipment, including wall heaters, ducts, and plenums; and other equipment shall not be recessed
in such a manner as to affect the insulation thickness unless:
(a) the total combined area affected (including necessary clearances) is less than one percent of the opaque area of the assembly, or
(b) the entire roof, wall, or floor is covered with insulation to the full depth required, or
(c) the effects of reduced insulation are included in calculations using an area-weighted average method and compressed insulation values obtained from Table A9.4.C. In all cases, air leakage
through or around the recessed equipment to the conditioned space shall be limited in accordance with 5.4.3.
…
9. LIGHTING
9.1 General
9.1.1 Scope: This section shall apply to the following:
(a) interior spaces of buildings;
(b) exterior building features, including facades, illuminated roofs, architectural features, entrances, exits, loading docks, and illuminated canopies; and
(c) exterior building grounds lighting provided through the building's electrical service.
Exceptions to 9.1.1:
(a) emergency lighting that is automatically off during normal building operation,
(b) lighting within living units,
(c) lighting that is specifically designated as required by a health or life safety statute, ordinance, or regulation,
(d) decorative gas lighting systems.
9.1.2 Lighting Alterations. The replacement of lighting systems in any building space shall comply with the lighting power density requirements of Section 9 applicable to that
space. New lighting systems shall comply with the applicable lighting power density requirements of Section 9. Any new control devices as a direct replacement of existing control
devices shall comply with the specific requirements of 9.4.1.2(b).
Exception to 9.1.2: Alterations that replace less than 50% of the luminaires in a space need not comply with these requirements provided that such alterations
do not increase the installed interior lighting power.
9.1.3 Installed Interior Lighting Power. The installed interior lighting power shall include all power used by the luminaires, including lamps, ballasts,
current regulators, and control devices except as specifically exempted in 9.2.2.3.
Exception to 9.1.3: If two or more independently operating lighting systems in a space are capable of being controlled to prevent simultaneous user operation, the installed interior
lighting power shall be based solely on the lighting system with the highest wattage.
9.1.4 Luminaire Wattage. Luminaire wattage incorporated into the installed interior lighting power shall be determined in accordance with the following criteria:
(a) The wattage of incandescent or tungsten-halogen luminaires with medium screw base sockets and not containing permanently installed ballasts shall be the maximum labeled wattage of the
luminaire.
(b) The wattage of luminaires with permanently installed or remote ballasts or transformers shall be the operating input wattage of the maximum lamp/ auxiliary combination based on values
from the auxiliary manufacturer’s literature or recognized testing laboratories.
(c) The wattage of line-voltage lighting track and plug-in busway that allow the addition and/or relocation of luminaires without altering the wiring of the system shall be the specified wattage
of the luminaires included in the system with a minimum of 30 W/lin ft.
(d) The wattage of low-voltage lighting track, cable conductor, rail conductor, and other flexible lighting systems that allow the addition and/or relocation of luminaires without altering the
wiring of the system shall be the specified wattage of the transformer supplying the system.
(e) The wattage of all other miscellaneous lighting equipment shall be the specified wattage of the lighting equipment.
9.2 Compliance Path(s)
9.2.1 Lighting systems and equipment shall comply with 9.1, General; 9.4, Mandatory Provisions; and the prescriptive requirements of either:
(a) 9.5, Building Area Method, or
(b) 9.6, Space-by-Space Method.
9.2.2 Prescriptive Requirements
9.2.2.1 The Building Area Method for determining the interior lighting power allowance, described in 9.5, is a simplified approach for demonstrating compliance.
9.2.2.2 The Space-by-Space Method, described in 9.6, is an alternative approach that allows greater flexibility.
9.2.2.3 Interior Lighting Power. The interior lighting power allowance for a building or a separately metered or permitted portion of a building shall be determined by
either the Building Area Method described in 9.5 or the Space-by-Space Method described in 9.6. Trade-offs of interior lighting power allowance among portions of the building
for which a different method of calculation has been used are not permitted. The installed interior lighting power identified in accordance with 9.1.3 shall not exceed the interior
lighting power allowance developed in accordance with 9.5 or 9.6.
Exceptions to 9.2.2.3: The following lighting equipment and applications shall not be considered when determining the interior lighting power allowance developed in
accordance with 9.5 or 9.6, nor shall the wattage for such lighting be included in the installed interior lighting power identified in accordance with 9.1.3. However, any such lighting
shall not be exempt unless it is an addition to general lighting and is controlled by an independent control device.
(a) Display or accent lighting that is an essential element for the function performed in galleries, museums, and monuments.
(b) Lighting that is integral to equipment or instrumentation and is installed by its manufacturer.
(c) Lighting specifically designed for use only during medical or dental procedures and lighting integral to medical equipment.
(d) Lighting integral to both open and glass-enclosed refrigerator and freezer cases.
(e) Lighting integral to food warming and food preparation equipment.
(f) Lighting for plant growth or maintenance.
(g) Lighting in spaces specifically designed for use by the visually impaired.
(h) Lighting in retail display windows, provided the display area is enclosed by ceiling-height partitions.
(i) Lighting in interior spaces that have been specifically designated as a registered interior historic landmark.
(j) Lighting that is an integral part of advertising or directional signage.
(k) Exit signs.
(l) Lighting that is for sale or lighting educational demonstration systems.
(m) Lighting for theatrical purposes, including performance, stage, and film and video production.
(n) Lighting for television broadcasting in sporting activity areas.
(o) Casino gaming areas.
…
9.4 Mandatory Provisions
9.4.1 Lighting Control
9.4.1.1 Automatic Lighting Shutoff. Interior lighting in buildings larger than 5000 ft² shall be controlled with an automatic control device to shut off building
lighting in all spaces. This automatic control device shall function on either
(a) a scheduled basis using a time-of-day operated control device that turns lighting off at specific programmed times—an independent program schedule shall be provided for areas of no more
than 25,000 ft² but not more than one floor—or
(b) an occupant sensor that shall turn lighting off within 30 minutes of an occupant leaving a space—or
(c) a signal from another control or alarm system that indicates the area is unoccupied.
Exceptions to 9.4.1.1: The following shall not require an automatic control device:
(a) Lighting intended for 24-hour operation
(b) Lighting in spaces where patient care is rendered.
(c) Spaces where an automatic shutoff would endanger the safety or security of the room or building occupant(s).
9.4.1.2 Space Control. Each space enclosed by ceiling-height partitions shall have at least one control device to independently control the general lighting within the
space. Each manual device shall be readily accessible and located so the occupants can see the controlled lighting.
(a) A control device shall be installed that automatically turns lighting off within 30 minutes of all occupants leaving a space, except spaces with multi-scene control, in
- classrooms (not including shop classrooms, laboratory classrooms, and preschool through 12th grade classrooms),
- conference/meeting rooms,
- employee lunch and break rooms.
These spaces are not required to be connected to other automatic lighting shutoff controls.
(b) For all other spaces, each control device shall be activated either manually by an occupant or automatically by sensing an occupant. Each control device shall control a
maximum of 2500 ft² area for a space 10,000 ft² or less and a maximum of 10,000 ft² area for a space greater than 10,000 ft2 and be capable of overriding any time-of-day
scheduled shutoff control for no more than four hours.
Exception to 9.4.1.2: Remote location shall be permitted for reasons of safety or security when the remote control device has an indicator pilot light as part of or next to the control
device and the light is clearly labeled to identify the controlled lighting.
9.4.1.3 Exterior Lighting Control. Lighting for all exterior applications not exempted in 9.1 shall have automatic controls capable of turning off exterior lighting when sufficient
daylight is available or when the lighting is not required during nighttime hours. Lighting not designated for dusk-todawn operation shall be controlled by an astronomical time switch. Lighting
designated for dusk-to-dawn operation shall be controlled by an astronomical time switch or photosensor. Astronomical time switches shall be capable of retaining programming and the time setting
during loss of power for a period of at least 10 hours.
Exception to 9.4.1.3: Lighting for covered vehicle entrances or exits from buildings or parking structures where required for safety, security, or eye adaptation.
9.4.1.4 Additional Control.
(a) Display/Accent Lighting—display or accent lighting shall have a separate control device.
(b) Case Lighting—lighting in cases used for display purposes shall have a separate control device.
(c) Hotel and Motel Guest Room Lighting—hotel and motel guest rooms and guest suites shall have a master control device at the main room entry that controls all
permanently installed luminaires and switched receptacles.
(d) Task Lighting—supplemental task lighting, including permanently installed undershelf or undercabinet lighting, shall have a control device integral to the
luminaires or be controlled by a wall-mounted control device provided the control device is readily accessible and located so that the occupant can see the controlled
lighting.
(e) Nonvisual Lighting—lighting for nonvisual applications, such as plant growth and food warming, shall have a separate control device.
(f) Demonstration Lighting—lighting equipment that is for sale or for demonstrations in lighting education shall have a separate control device.
9.4.2 Tandem Wiring. Luminaires designed for use with one or three linear fluorescent lamps greater than 30 W each shall use two-lamp tandem-wired ballasts in place of single-lamp ballasts
when two or more luminaires are in the same space and on the same control device.
Exceptions to 9.4.2:
(a) Recessed luminaires more than 10 ft apart measured center to center.
(b) Surface-mounted or pendant luminaires that are not continuous.
(c) Luminaires using single-lamp high-frequency electronic ballasts.
(d) Luminaires using three-lamp high-frequency electronic or three-lamp electromagnetic ballasts.
(e) Luminaires on emergency circuits.
(f) Luminaires with no available pair.
(d) Luminaires using three-lamp high-frequency electronic or three-lamp electromagnetic ballasts.
(e) Luminaires on emergency circuits.
(f) Luminaires with no available pair.
9.4.3 Exit Signs. Internally illuminated exit signs shall not exceed 5 watts per face.
9.4.4 Exterior Building Grounds Lighting. All exterior building grounds luminaires that operate at greater than 100 watts shall contain lamps having a minimum efficacy of 60 lm/W unless
the luminaire is controlled by a motion sensor or qualifies for one of the exceptions under 9.1.1 or 9.4.5.
9.4.5 Exterior Building Lighting Power. The total exterior lighting power allowance for all exterior building applications is the sum of the individual lighting power densities permitted
in Table 9.4.5 for these applications plus an additional unrestricted allowance of 5% of that sum. Trade-offs are allowed only among exterior lighting applications listed in the Table 9.4.5
“Tradable Surfaces” section.
Exceptions to 9.4.5: Lighting used for the following exterior applications is exempt when equipped with a control device independent of the control of the nonexempt lighting:
(a) Specialized signal, directional, and marker lighting associated with transportation.
(b) Advertising signage or directional signage.
(c) Lighting integral to equipment or instrumentation and installed by its manufacturer.
(d) Lighting for theatrical purposes, including performance, stage, film production, and video production.
(e) Lighting for athletic playing areas.
(f) Temporary lighting.
(g) Lighting for industrial production, material handling, transportation sites, and associated storage areas.
(h) Theme elements in theme/amusement parks.
(i) Lighting used to highlight features of public monuments and registered historic landmark structures or buildings.
9.5 Building Area Method Compliance Path
9.5.1 Building Area Method of Calculating Interior Lighting Power Allowance. Use the following steps to determine the interior lighting power allowance by the building area method:
(a) Determine the appropriate building area type from Table 9.5.1 and the allowed lighting power density (watts per unit area) from the building area method column. For building area types not
listed, selection of a reasonably equivalent type shall be permitted.
(b) Determine the gross lighted floor area (square feet) of the building area type.
(c) Multiply the gross lighted floor areas of the building area type(s) times the lighting power density.
(d) The interior lighting power allowance for the building is the sum of the lighting power allowances of all building area types. Trade-offs among building area types are permitted provided that
the total installed interior lighting power does not exceed the interior lighting power allowance.
9.6 Alternative Compliance Path: Space-by-Space Method
9.6.1 Space-by-Space Method of Calculating Interior Lighting Power Allowance. Use the following steps to determine the interior lighting power allowance by the space-byspace method:
(a) Determine the appropriate building type from Table 9.6.1. For building types not listed, selection of a reasonably equivalent type shall be permitted.
(b) For each space enclosed by partitions 80% or greater than ceiling height, determine the gross interior floor area by measuring to the center of the partition wall. Include the floor area of
balconies or other projections. Retail spaces do not have to comply with the 80% partition heightrequirements.
(c) Determine the interior lighting power allowance by using the columns designated space-by-space method in Table 9.6.1. Multiply the floor area(s) of the space(s) times the allowed lighting
power density for the space type that most closely represents the proposed use of the space(s). The product is the lighting power allowance for the space(s). For space types not listed,
selection of a reasonable equivalent category shall be permitted.
(d) The interior lighting power allowance is the sum of lighting power allowances of all spaces. Trade-offs among spaces are permitted provided that the total installed interior lighting power
does not exceed the interior lighting power allowance.
9.6.2 Additional Interior Lighting Power. When using the space-by-space method, an increase in the interior lighting power allowance is allowed for specific lighting functions.
Additional power shall be allowed only if the specified lighting is installed, shall be used only for the specified luminaires, and shall not be used for any other purpose or in any other
space.
9.6.3 An increase in the interior lighting power allowance is permitted in the following cases:
(a) For spaces in which lighting is specified to be installed in addition to the general lighting for the purpose of decorative appearance, such as chandelier-type luminaries or sconces or for
highlighting art or exhibits, provided that the additional lighting power shall not exceed 1.0 W/ft2 of such spaces.
(b) For spaces in which lighting is specified to be installed to meet the requirements of visual display terminals as the primary viewing task, provided that the additional lighting power shall
not exceed 0.35 W/ft2 of such spaces and that the specified luminaire meets requirements for use in such spaces. Maximum average luminance measured from the vertical in candelas per square foot
of not more than 80 cd/ft2 at 65 degrees, 33 cd/ft2 at 75 degrees, and 17 cd/ft2 at 85 to 90 degrees.
(c) For lighting equipment installed in retail spaces that is specifically designed and directed to highlight merchandise, provided that the additional lighting power shall not exceed (1) 1.6
W/ft2 times the area of specific display or (2) 3.9 W/ft2 times the area of specific display for valuable merchandise, such as jewelry, fine apparel and accessories, china and silver, art, and
similar items, where detailed display and examination of merchandise are important.
TABLE 9.4.5 Lighting Power Densities for Building Exteriors
| Tradable Surfaces (Lighting power densities for uncovered parking areas, building grounds, building entrances and exits, canopies and overhangs and outdoor sales
areas may be traded.) |
| Uncovered Parking Areas |
| Parking Lots and drives |
0.15 W/ft² |
| Building Grounds |
| Walkways less than 10 feet wide |
1.0 W/linear foot |
|
Walkways 10 feet wide or greater
Plaza areas
Special Feature Areas
|
0.2 W/ft² |
| Stairways |
1.0 W/ft² |
| Building Entrances and Exits |
| Main entries |
30 W/linear foot of door width |
| Other doors |
20 W/linear foot of door width |
| Canopies and Overhangs |
| Canopies (free standing and attached and overhangs) |
1.25 W/ft² |
| Outdoor Sales |
| Open areas (including vehicle sales lots) |
0.5 W/ft² |
| Street frontage for vehicle sales lots in addition to “open area” allowance |
20 W/linear foot |
|
| Non-Tradable Surfaces (Lighting power density calculations for the following applications can be used only for the specific application and can-not be traded between surfaces or
with other exterior lighting. The following allowances are in addition to any allowance otherwise permitted in the “tradable Surfaces” section of this table.) |
| Building Facades |
0.2 W/ft² for each illuminated wall or surface or 5.0 W/linear foot for each illuminated wall or surface length |
| Automated teller machines and night depositories |
270 W per location plus 90 W per additional ATM per location |
| Entrances and gatehouse inspection stations at guarded facilities |
1.25 W/ft² of uncovered area (covered areas are included in the “Canopies and Overhangs” section of “Tradable Surfaces”) |
| Loading areas for law enforcement, fire, ambulance and other emergency service vehicles |
0.5 W/ft² of uncovered area (covered areas are included in the “Canopies and Overhangs” section of “Tradable Surfaces”) |
| Drive-up windows at fast food restaurants |
400 W per drive-through |
| Parking near 24-hour retail entrances |
800 W per main entry |
|
TABLE 9.5.1 Lighting Power Densities Using the Building Area Method
| Lighting Power Density |
| Building Area Typea |
(W/ft²) |
| Automotive Facility |
0.9 |
| Convention Center |
1.2 |
| Court House |
1.2 |
| Dining: Bar Lounge/Leisure |
1.3 |
| Dining: Cafeteria/Fast Food |
1.4 |
| Dining: Family |
1.6 |
| Dormitory |
1.0 |
| Exercise Center |
1.0 |
| Gymnasium |
1.1 |
| Health Care-Clinic |
1.0 |
| Hospital |
1.2 |
| Hotel |
1.0 |
| Library |
1.3 |
| Manufacturing Facility |
1.3 |
| Motel |
1.0 |
| Motion Picture Theater |
1.2 |
| Multi-Family |
0.7 |
| Museum |
1.1 |
| Office |
1.0 |
| Parking Garage |
0.3 |
| Penitentiary |
1.0 |
| Performing Arts Theater |
1.6 |
| Police/Fire Station |
1.0 |
| Post Office |
1.1 |
| Religious Building |
1.3 |
| Retail |
1.5 |
| School/University |
1.2 |
| Sports Arena |
1.1 |
| Town Hall |
1.1 |
| Transportation |
1.0 |
| Warehouse |
0.8 |
| Workshop |
1.4 |
| a In cases where both general building area type and a specific building area type are listed, the specific building area type shall apply. |
TABLE 9.6.1 Lighting Power Densities Using the Space-by-Space Method
| Common Space Typesa |
LPD (W/ft²) |
Building Specific Space Types |
LPD (W/ft²) |
| Office-Enclosed |
1.1 |
Gymnasium/Exercise Center |
|
| Office-Open Plan |
1.1 |
Playing Area |
1.4 |
| Conference/Meeting/Multipurpose |
1.3 |
Exercise Area |
0.9 |
| Classroom/Lecture/Training |
1.4 |
Courthouse/Police Station/Penitentiary |
|
| For Penitentiary |
1.3 |
Courtroom |
1.9 |
| Lobby |
1.3 |
Confinement Cells |
0.9 |
| For Hotel |
1.1 |
Judges Chambers |
1.3 |
| For Performing Arts Theater |
3.3 |
Fire Stations |
|
| For Motion Picture Theater |
1.1 |
Fire Station Engine Room |
0.8 |
| Audience/Seating Area |
0.9 |
Sleeping Quarters |
0.3 |
| For Gymnasium |
0.4 |
Post Office—Sorting Area |
1.2 |
| For Exercise Center |
0.3 |
Convention Center—Exhibit Space |
1.3 |
| For Convention Center |
0.7 |
Library |
|
| For Penitentiary |
0.7 |
Card File and Cataloging |
1.1 |
| For Religious Buildings |
1.7 |
Stacks |
1.7 |
| For Sports Arena |
0.4 |
Reading Area |
1.2 |
| For Performing Arts Theater |
2.6 |
Hospital |
|
| For Motion Picture Theater |
1.2 |
Emergency |
2.7 |
| For Transportation |
0.5 |
Recovery |
0.8 |
| Atrium—First Three Floors |
0.6 |
Nurse Station |
1.0 |
| Atrium—Each Additional Floor |
0.2 |
Exam/Treatment |
1.5 |
| Lounge/Recreation |
1.2 |
Pharmacy |
1.2 |
| For Hospital |
0.8 |
Patient Room |
0.7 |
| Dining Area |
0.9 |
Operating Room |
2.2 |
| For Penitentiary |
1.3 |
Nursery |
0.6 |
| For Hotel |
1.3 |
Medical Supply |
1.4 |
| For Motel |
1.2 |
Physical Therapy |
0.9 |
| For Bar Lounge/Leisure Dining |
1.4 |
Radiology |
0.4 |
| For Family Dining |
2.1 |
Laundry—Washing |
0.6 |
| Food Preparation |
1.2 |
Automotive—Service/Repair |
0.7 |
| Laboratory |
1.4 |
Manufacturing |
|
| Restrooms |
0.9 |
Low Bay (<25 ft Floor to Ceiling Height) |
1.2 |
| Dressing/Locker/Fitting Room |
0.6 |
High Bay (≥25 ft Floor to Ceiling Height) |
1.7 |
| Corridor/Transition |
0.5 |
Detailed Manufacturing |
2.1 |
| For Hospital |
1.0 |
Equipment Room |
1.2 |
| For Manufacturing Facility |
0.5 |
Control Room |
0.5 |
| Stairs—Active |
0.6 |
Hotel/Motel Guest Rooms |
1.1 |
| Active Storage |
0.8 |
Dormitory—Living Quarters |
1.1 |
| For Hospital |
0.9 |
Museum |
|
| Inactive storage |
0.3 |
General Exhibition |
1.0 |
| For Museum |
0.8 |
Restoration |
1.7 |
| Electrical/Mechanical |
1.5 |
Bank/Office—Banking Activity Area |
1.5 |
| Workshop |
1.9 |
Religious Buildings |
|
| |
|
Worship Pulpit, Choir |
2.4 |
| |
|
Fellowship Hall |
0.9 |
| |
|
Retail [For accent lighting, see 9.3.1.2.1(c)] |
|
| |
|
Sales Area |
1.7 |
| |
|
Mall Concourse |
1.7 |
| |
|
Sports Arena |
|
| |
|
Ring Sports Area |
2.7 |
| |
|
Court Sports Area |
2.3 |
| |
|
Indoor Playing Field Area |
1.4 |
| |
|
Warehouse |
|
| |
|
Fine Material Storage |
1.4 |
| |
|
Medium/Bulky Material Storage |
0.9 |
| |
|
Parking Garage—Garage Area |
0.2 |
| |
|
Transportation |
|
| |
|
Airport—Concourse |
0.6 |
| |
|
Air/Train/Bus—Baggage Area |
1.0 |
| |
|
Terminal—Ticket Counter |
1.5 |
a In cases where both a common space type and a building specific type are listed, the building specific space type shall apply.
ASHRAE 90.1 - 2007
4. ADMINSTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT
4.1 General
4.1.1.1 New Buildings. New buildings shall comply with the standard as described in Section 4.2.
4.1.1.2 Additions to Existing Buildings. An extension or increase in the floor area or height of a building outside of the existing
building envelope shall be considered additions to existing buildings and shall comply with the standard as described in Section 4.2.
4.1.1.3 Alterations of Existing Buildings. Alterations of existing buildings shall comply with the standard as described
in Section 4.2.
4.1.1.4 Replacement of Portions of Existing Buildings. Portions of a building envelope, heating, ventilating, air-conditioning, service
water heating, power, lighting, and other systems and equipment that are being replaced shall be considered as alterations of existing buildings and shall comply with the standard as described in
Section 4.2.
4.1.1.5 Changes in Space Conditioning. Whenever unconditioned or semiheated spaces in a building are converted to
conditioned spaces, such conditioned spaces shall be brought into compliance with all the applicable requirements of this standard that would apply to the building envelope,
heating, ventilating, air-conditioning, service water heating, power, lighting, and other systems and equipment of the space as if the building were new.
4.1.2 Administrative Requirements. Administrative requirements relating to permit requirements , enforcement by the authority having
jurisdiction, locally adopted energy standards, interpretations, claims of exemption, and rights of appeal are specified by the authority having jurisdiction.
4.1.3 Alternative Materials, Methods of Construction, or Design. The provisions of this standard are not intended to prevent the use of any
material, method of construction, design, equipment, or building system not specifically prescribed herein.
4.1.4 Validity. If any term, part, provision, section, paragraph, subdivision, table, chart, or referenced standard of this standard shall
be held unconstitutional, invalid, or ineffective, in whole or in part, such determination shall not be deemed to invalidate any remaining term, part, provision, section, paragraph, subdivision,
table, chart, or referenced standard of this standard.
4.1.5 Other Laws. The provisions of this standard shall not be deemed to nullify any provisions of local, state, or federal law. Where
there is a conflict between a requirement of this standard and such other law affecting construction of the building, precedence shall be determined by the authority having
jurisdiction.
4.1.6 Referenced Standards. The standards referenced in this standard and listed in Section 12 shall be considered part of the requirements
of this standard to the prescribed extent of such reference. Where differences occur between the provision of this standard and referenced standards, the provision of this standard shall apply.
Informative references are cited to acknowledge sources and are not part of this standard. They are identified in Informative Appendix E.
4.1.7 Normative Appendices. The normative appendices to this standard are considered to be integral parts of the mandatory requirements of
this standard, which, for reasons of convenience, are placed apart from all other normative elements.
4.1.8 Informative Appendices. The informative appendices to this standard and informative notes located within this standard contain
additional information and are not mandatory or part of this standard.
4.2 Compliance
4.2.1 Compliance Paths
4.2.1.1 New Buildings. New Buildings shall comply with either the provisions of Sections 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10 or Section 11.
4.2.1.2 Additions to Existing Buildings. Additions to existing buildings shall comply with either the provisions of
Sections 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10 or Sections 11.
Exceptions: When an addition to an existing building cannot comply by itself, trade-offs will be allowed by modification to one or
more of existing components of the existing building. Modeling of the modified components of the existing building and addition shall employ the procedures of Section 11; the
addition shall not increase the energy consumption of existing building plus the addition beyond the energy that would be consumed by the existing building plus the addition if the
addition alone did comply.
4.2.1.3 Alterations of Existing Buildings. Alterations of existing buildings shall comply with the provisions of Sections
5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10, provided, however, that nothing in this standard shall require compliance with any provision of this standard if such compliance will result in the increase of energy
consumption of the building.
Exceptions:
- A building that has been specifically designated as historically significant by the adopting authority or is listed in The National Register of Historic Places or has been determined
to be eligible for listing by the US Secretary of the Interior need not comply with these requirements.
- Where one or more components of an existing building or portions thereof are being replaced, the annual energy consumption of the comprehensive design shall not be greater than the
annual energy consumption of a substantially identical design, using the same energy types, in which the applicable requirements of Sections 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10, as provided in Section 4.2.1.3,
and such compliance is verified by a design professional, by the use of any calculation methods acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction.
4.2.2 Compliance Documentation
4.2.2.1 Construction Details. Compliance documents shall show all the pertinent data and features of the building. equipment, and systems
in sufficient detail to permit a determination of compliance by building official and to indicate compliance with the requirements of this standard.
4.2.2.2 Supplemental Information. Supplemental information necessary to verify compliance with this standard, such as calculations,
worksheets, compliance forms, vendor literature, or other data, shall be made available when required by the building official.
4.2.2.3 Manuals. Operating and maintenance information shall be provided to the building owner. This information shall include, but not be
limited to, the information specified in Sections 6.7.2.2 and 8.7.2.
4.2.3 Labeling of Material and Equipment. Materials and equipment shall be labeled in a manner that will allow for a determination of their
compliance with the applicable provisions of this standard.
4.2.4 Inspections. All building construction, additions, or alterations subject to the provisions of this standard shall be
subject to inspection by the building official, and all such work shall remain accessible and exposed for inspection purposes until approved in accordance with the procedures specified by
the building official. Items for inspection include at least the following:
- wall insulation after the insulation and vapor retarder are in place but before concealment
- roof/ceiling insulation after roof/insulation is in place but before concealment
- slab/foundation wall after slab/foundation insulation is in place but before concealment
- fenestration after all glazing materials are in place
- mechanical systems and equipment and insulation after installation but before concealment
- electrical equipment and systems after installation but before concealment
5.8.1.6 Recessed Equipment. Lighting fixtures; heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning equipment, including wall heaters, ducts, and plenums;
and other equipment shall not be recessed in such a manner as to affect the insulation thickness unless
- the total combined area affected (including necessary clearances) is less than 1% of the opaque are of the assembly,
- the entire roof, wall, or floor is covered with insulation to the full depth required, or
- the effects of reduced insulation are included in calculations using an area-weighted average method and compressed insulation values obtained from Table A9.4.C.
In all cases, air leakage through or around the recessed equipment to the conditioned space shall be limited in accordance with Section 5.4.3.
9. LIGHTING
↓
|
9.2 – Definition of Compliance Paths
|
↓
|
9.4 – Mandatory Provisions
|
↓
| 9.6 – Space-by- Space Method |
|
| 9.5 – Building Area Method |
|
| Section 11 – Energy Cost Budget Method |
|
9.1 General
9.1.1 Scope. This section shall apply to the following:
- interior spaces of buildings
- exterior building features, including facades, illuminated roofs, architectural features, entrances, exists, loading docks, and illuminated canopies
- exterior building grounds lighting provided through the building’s electrical service
Exceptions:
- emergency lighting that is automatically off during normal building operation
- lighting within dwelling units
- lighting that is specifically designated as required by a health or life safety statute, ordinance, or regulation
- decorative gas lighting systems
9.1.2 Lighting Alterations. The replacement of lighting systems in any building space shall comply with the LPD requirements of Section 9
applicable to that space. New lighting systems shall comply with the applicable LPD requirements of Section 9. Any new control devices as a direct replacement of existing control
devices shall comply with the specific requirements of Section 9.4.1.2(b).
Exception: Alterations that replace less than 50% of the luminaires in a space need not comply with these requirements
provided that such alterations do not increase the installed interior lighting power.
9.1.3 Installed Interior Lighting Power. The installed interior lighting power shall include all power used by the luminaires,
including lamps, ballasts, transformers, and control devices except as specifically exempted in Section 9.2.2.3.
Exception: If two or more independently operating lighting systems in a space are capable of being controlled to prevent simultaneous user
operation, the installed interior lighting power shall be based solely on the lighting system with the highest wattage.
9.1.4 Luminaire Wattage. Luminaire wattage incorporated into the installed interior lighting power shall be determined in accordance with the
following criteria:
- The wattage of incandescent or tungsten-halogen luminaires with medium screw base sockets and not containing permanently installed ballasts shall be the maximum labeled wattage of the
luminaire.
- The wattage of luminaires with permanently installed or remote ballasts or transformers shall be the operating input wattage of the maximum lamp/auxiliary combination based on values
from the auxiliary manufacturers’ literature or recognized testing laboratories or shall be the maximum labeled wattage of the luminaire.
- For line-voltage lighting track and plug-in busway, designed to allow the addition and/or relocation of luminaires without altering the wiring of the system, the wattage shall be
- the specified wattage of the luminaires included in the system with a minimum of 30 W/lin ft or
- the wattage limit of the system’s circuit breaker or
- the wattage limit of other permanent current-limiting device(s) on the system.
- The wattage of low-voltage lighting track, cable conductor, rail conductor, and other flexible lighting systems that allow the addition and/or relocation of luminaires without altering the
wiring of the system shall be the specified wattage of the transformer supplying the system.
- The wattage of all other miscellaneous lighting equipment shall be the specified wattage of the lighting equipment.
9.2 Compliance Path(s)
9.2.1 Lighting systems and equipment shall comply with Section 9.1. General; Section 9.4, Mandatory Provisions; and the prescriptive requirements
of either
- Section 9.5, Building Area Method; or
- Section 9.6, Space-by-Space Method.
9.2.2 Prescriptive Requirements
9.2.2.1 The Building Area Method for determining the interior lighting power allowance, described in Section 9.5, is a simplified
approach for demonstrating compliance.
9.2.2.2 The Space-by-Space Method, described in Section 9.6, is an alternative approach that allows greater flexibility.
9.2.2.3 Interior Lighting Power. The interior lighting power allowance for a building or a separately metered or permitted portion of a
building shall be determined by either the Building Area Method described in Section 9.5 or the Space-by-Space Method described in Section 9.6. Trade-offs of interior lighting power
allowance among portions of the building for which a different method of calculation has been used are not permitted. The installed interior lighting power identified in accordance with
Section 9.1.3 shall not exceed the interior lighting power allowance developed in accordance with Section 9.5 or 9.6.
Exception: The following lighting equipment and applications shall not be considered when determining the interior lighting power
allowance developed in accordance with Section 9.5 or 9.6, nor shall the wattage for such lighting be included in the installed interior lighting power identified in accordance with
Section 9.1.3. However, any such lighting shall not be exempt unless it is an addition to general lighting and is controlled by an independent control device.
- Display or accent lighting that is an essential element for the function performed in galleries, museums, and monuments.
- Lighting that is integral to equipment or instrumentation and is installed by its manufacturer.
- Lighting specifically designed for use only during medical or dental procedures and lighting integral to medical equipment.
- Lighting integral to both open and glass-enclosed refrigerator and freezer cases.
- Lighting integral to food warming and food preparation equipment.
- Lighting for plant growth or maintenance.
- Lighting in spaces specifically designed for use by occupants with special lighting needs including visual impairment and other medical and age-related issues.
- Lighting in retail display windows, provided the display area is enclosed by ceiling-height partitions.
- Lighting in interior spaces that have been specifically designated as a registered interior historic landmark.
- Lighting that is an integral part of advertising or directional signage.
- Exit signs.
- Lighting that is for sale or lighting educational demonstration systems.
- Lighting for theatrical purposes, including performance, stage, and film and video production.
- Lighting for television broadcasting in sporting activity areas.
- Casino gaming areas.
- Furniture-mounted supplemental task lighting that is controlled by automatic shutoff and complies with Section 9.4.1.4(d).
9.3 (Not Used)
9.4 Mandatory Provisions
9.4.1 Lighting Control
9.4.1.1 Automatic Lighting Shutoff. Interior lighting in buildings larger than 5000 ft2 shall be controlled with an
automatic control device to shut off building lighting in all spaces. This automatic control device shall function on either.
- a scheduled basis using a time-of-day operated control device that turns lighting off at specific programmed times—an independent program schedule shall be provided for areas of no more
than 25,000 ft2 but not more than one floor—or
- an occupant sensor that shall turn lighting off within 30 minutes of an occupant leaving a space or
- a signal from another control or alarm system that indicates the area is unoccupied.
Exceptions: The following shall not require an automatic control device:
- Lighting intended for 24-hour operation
- Lighting in spaces where patient care is rendered
- Lighting in spaces where an automatic shutoff would endanger the safety or security of the room or building occupant(s).
9.4.1.2 Space Control. Each space enclosed by ceiling height partitions shall have at least one control device to independently control the
general lighting within the space. Each manual device shall be readily accessible and located so the occupants can see the controlled lighting.
- A control device shall be installed that automatically turns lighting off within 30 minutes of all occupants leaving a space, except spaces with multi-scene control, in
- classrooms (not including shop classrooms, laboratory classrooms, and preschool through 12th grade classrooms),
- conference/meeting rooms, and
- employee lunch and break rooms.
These spaces are not required to be connected to other automatic lighting shutoff controls.
- For all other purposes, each control device shall be activated either manually by an occupant or automatically by sensing an occupant. Each control device shall control a maximum of 2500
ft2 area for a space 10,000 ft2 or less and a maximum of 10,000 ft2 area for a space greater than 10,000 ft2 and be capable of overriding any
time-of-day scheduled shutoff control for no more than four hours.
Exception: Remote location shall be permitted for reasons of safety or security when the remote control device has an indicator pilot light as
part of or next to the control device and the light is clearly labeled to identify the controlled lighting.
9.4.1.3 Exterior Lighting Control. Lighting for all exterior applications not exempted in Section 9.1 shall have automatic controls capable of
turning off exterior lighting when sufficient daylight is available or when the lighting is not required during nighttime hours. Lighting not designated for dusk-to-dawn operation shall be
controlled by either
- a combination of a photosensor and a time switch or
- an astronomical time switch
Lighting designated for dusk-to-dawn operation shall be controlled by an astronomical time switch or photosensor. All time switches shall be capable of retaining
programming and the time setting during loss of power for a period of at least ten hours.
Exception: Lighting for covered vehicle entrances or exits from buildings or parking structures where required for safety, security, or eye
adaptation.
9.4.1.4 Additional Control
- Display/Accent Lighting – display or accent lighting shall have a separate control device.
- Case Lighting – lighting in cases used for display purposes shall have a separate control device.
- Hotel and Motel Guest Room Lighting – hotel and motel guest rooms and guest suites shall have a master control device at the main room entry that controls all permanently
installed luminaires and switched receptacles.
- Task lighting – supplemental task lighting, including permanently installed under-shelf or under-cabinet lighting, shall have a control device integral to the luminaires or be
controlled by a wall-mounted control device provided the control device is readily accesible and located so that the occupant can see the controlled lighting.
- Non-visual lighting – lighting for non-visual applications, such as plant growth and food warming, shall have a separate control device.
- Demonstration lighting – lighting equipment that is for sale or for demonstrations in lighting education shall have a separate control device.
9.4.2 Tandem Wiring. Luminaires designed for use with one or three linear fluorescent lamps greater than 30W each shall use two-lamp tandem-wired
ballasts in place of single-lamp ballasts when two or more luminaires are in the same space and on the same control device.
Exceptions:
- Recessed luminaires more than 10 ft apart measured center to center.
- Surface-mounted or pendant luminaires that are not continuous.
- Luminaires using single-lamp high-frequency electronic ballasts.
- Luminaires using three-lamp high-frequency electronic or three-lamp electromagnetic ballasts.
- Luminaires on emergency circuits.
- Luminaires with no available pair.
9.4.3 Exit Signs. Internally illuminated exit signs shall not exceed 5W per face.
9.4.4 Exterior Building Grounds Lighting. All exterior building grounds luminaires that operate at greater than 100W shall contain lamps having a
minimum efficacy of 60 lm/W unless the luminaire is controlled by a motion sensor or qualifies for one of the exceptions under Section 9.1.1 or 9.4.5.
9.4.5 Exterior Building Lighting Power. The total exterior lighting power allowance for all exterior building applications is the sum of the
individual lighting power densities permitted in Table 9.4.5 for these applications plus an additional unrestricted allowance of 5% of that sum. Trade-offs are allowed only among exterior lighting
applications listed in the Table 9.4.5 “Tradable Surfaces” section.
Exceptions: Lighting used for the following exterior applications is exempt when equipped with a control device independent of the control of the
non-exempt lighting:
- Specialized signal, directional and marker lighting associated with transportation.
- Advertising signage or directional signage.
|
TABLE 9.4.5 Lighting Power Densities for Building Exteriors
|
|
Tradable Surfaces (LPDs for uncovered parking areas, building grounds, building entrances and exits, canopies and overhangs, and outdoor sales
areas may be traded.)
|
Uncovered parking areas |
Parking lots and drives |
0.15 W/ft2 |
| Building grounds |
Walkways less than 10 ft. wide |
1.0 W/linear foot |
|
Walkways 10 ft wide or greater
Plaza areas
Special feature areas |
0.2W/ft2 |
|
Stairways |
1.0W/ft2 |
| Building entrances and exits |
Main entries |
30 W/linear foot of door width |
|
Other doors |
20 W/linear foot of door width |
Canopies and overhangs
Canopies (free standing and attached and overhangs) |
1.25 W/ft2 |
Outdoor sales
Open areas (including vehicle sales lots) |
0.5 W/ft2 |
Street frontage for vehicle sales lots in addition to
“open area” allowance |
20W/linear foot |
|
Non-Tradable Surfaces (LPDs calculations for the following applications can be used only for the specific application and cannot be traded between
surfaces or with other exterior lighting. The following allowances are in addition to any allowance otherwise permitted in the “Tradable Surfaces” section of this table.)
|
Building facades |
0.2W/ft2 for each illuminated wall or
Surface or 5.0 W/linear foot for each
illuminated wall or surface length
|
| Automated teller machines and night depositories |
270 W per location plus 90 W per additional ATM per location
|
|
Entrances and gatehouse inspection stations at
guarded facilities
|
1.25 W/ft2 of uncovered area (covered areas are included in the “Canopies and Overhangs” section of “Tradable
Surfaces” |
Loading areas for law enforcement, fire, ambulance,
And other emergency service vehicles |
0.5 W/ft2of uncovered area (covered areas are included in the “Canopies and Overhangs” section of “Tradable
Surfaces” |
| Drive-through windows at fast food restaurants |
400 W per drive-through
|
| Parking near 24-hour retail entrances |
800 W per main entry |
- Lighting integral to equipment or instrumentation and installed by its manufacturer.
- Lighting for theatrical purposes, including performance, stage, film production, and video production.
- Lighting for athletic playing areas.
- Temporary lighting
- Lighting for industrial production, material handling, transportation sites, and associated storage areas.
- Theme elements in theme/amusement parks.
- Lighting used to highlight features of public monuments and registered historic landmark structures or buildings.
9.5 Building Area Method Compliance Path
9.5.1 Building Area Method of Calculating Interior Lighting Power Allowance. Use the following steps to determine the interior lighting power
allowance by the Building Area Method:
- Determine the appropriate building area type from Table 9.5.1 and the allowed LPD (watts per unit area) from the “Building Area Method” column. For building area type not listed,
selection of a reasonably equivalent type shall be permitted.
- Determine the gross lighted floor area (square feet) of the building area type.
- Multiply the gross lighted floor areas of the building area type(s) times the LPD.
- The interior lighting power allowance for the building is the sum of the lighting power allowances of all building area types. Trade-off among building area types are permitted provided that
the total installed interior lighting power does not exceed the interior lighting power allowance.
TABLE 9.5.1 Lighting Power Densities Using the Building Area Method
| Building Area Typea |
LPD (W/ft2) |
| Automotive Facility |
0.9 |
| Convention center |
1.2 |
| Courthouse |
1.2 |
| Dining: bar lounge/leisure |
1.3 |
| Dining: cafeteria/fast food |
1.4 |
| Dining: family |
1.6 |
| Dormitory |
1.0 |
| Exercise center |
1.0 |
| Gymnasium |
1.1 |
| Health-care clinic |
1.0 |
| Hospital |
1.2 |
| Hotel |
1.0 |
| Library |
1.3 |
| Manufacturing facility |
1.3 |
| Motel |
1.0 |
| Motion picture theater |
1.2 |
| Multifamily |
0.7 |
| Museum |
1.1 |
| Office |
1.0 |
| Parking garage |
0.3 |
| Penitentiary |
1.0 |
| Performing arts theater |
1.6 |
| Police/fire station |
1.0 |
| Post Office |
1.1 |
| Religious building |
1.3 |
| Retail |
1.5 |
| School/university |
1.2 |
| Sports arena |
1.1 |
| Town hall |
1.1 |
|
| Transportation |
1.0 |
| Warehouse |
0.8 |
| Workshop |
1.4 |
In cases where both a general building area type and a specific building area type are listed, the specific building area type shall apply.
9.6 Alternative Compliance Path: Space-by-Space Method
9.6.1 Space-by-Space Method of Calculating Interior Lighting power Allowance. Use the following steps to determine the interior lighting power
allowance by the Space-by-Space Method:
- Determine the appropriate building type from Table 9.61 For building types not listed, selection of a reasonably equivalent type shall be permitted.
- For each space enclosed by partitions 80% or greater than ceiling height, determine the gross interior floor area by measuring to the center of the partition wall. Including the floor area of
balconies or other projections. Retail spaces do not have to comply with the 80% partition height requirements.
- Determine the interior lighting power allowance by using the columns designated Space-by-Space Method in Table 9.6.1. Multiply the floor area(s) of the space(s) times the allowed LPD for the
space type that most closely represents the proposed use of the space(s). The products is the lighting power allowance for the space(s). The For space types not listed, selection of a reasonable
equivalent category shall be permitted.
- The interior lighting power allowance is the sum of lighting power allowances of all spaces. Trade-offs among spaces are permitted provided that the total installed interior lighting power
does not exceed the interior lighting power allowance.
9.6.2 Additional Interior Lighting Power. When using the Space-by-space Method, an increase in the interior lighting power allowance is allowed
for specific lighting functions. Additional power shall be allowed only if the specified lighting is installed and automatically controlled, separately from the general lighting, to be turned off
during non business hours. This additional power shall be used only for the specified luminaries and shall not be used for any other purpose.
An increase in the interior lighting power allowance is permitted in the following cases:
- For spaces in which lighting is specified to be installed in addition to the general lighting for the purpose of decorative appearance, such as chandelier-type luminaires or sconces or for
highlighting art or exhibits, provided that the additional lighting power shall not exceed 1.0 W/ft2 of such spaces.
- For lighting equipment installed in sales areas and specifically designed and directed to highlight merchandise, calculate the additional lighting power as follows
Additional Interior Lighting Power Allowance =
1000 watts + (Retail Area 1 x 1.0 W/ft2)
+ (Retail Area 2 x 1.7 W/ft2)
+ (Retail Area 3 x 2.6 W/ft2)
+ (Retail Area 4 x 4.2 W/ft2),
where
Retail Area 1 = the floor area for all products not listed in Retail Areas 2, 3 or 4;
Retail Area 2 = the floor area used for the sale of vehicles, sporting goods and small electronics;
Retail Area 3 = the floor area used for the sale of furniture, clothing, cosmetics and artwork; and
Retail Area 4 = the floor area used for the sale of jewelry, crystal and china.
Exception: Other merchandise categories may be included in Retail Areas 2 through 4 above, provided that justification documenting the need for additional lighting power based
on visual inspection, contrast, or other critical display is approved by the authority having jurisdiction.
9.7 Submittals (Not Used)
9.8 Product Information (Not Used)
LPD, W/ft2
TABLE 9.6.1 Lighting Power Densities Using the Space-by-Space Method
| Common Space Typesa |
LPD,W/ft2 |
| Office – Enclosed |
1.1 |
| Office – Open Plan |
1.1 |
| Conference/Meeting/Multipurpose |
1.3 |
| Classroom/Lecture/Training |
1.4 |
| For Pentientiary |
1.3 |
| Lobby |
1.3 |
| For Hotel |
1.1 |
| For Performing Arts Theater |
3.3 |
| For Motion Picture Theater |
1.1 |
| Audience/Seating Area |
0.9 |
| For Gymnasium |
0.4 |
| For Exercise Center |
0.3 |
| For Convention Center |
0.7 |
| For Penitentiary |
0.7 |
| For Religious Buildings |
1.7 |
| For Sports Arena |
0.4 |
| For Performing Arts Theater |
2.6 |
| For Motion Picture Theater |
1.2 |
| For Transportation |
0.5 |
| Atrium – First Three Floors |
0.6 |
| Atrium – Each Additional Floor |
0.2 |
| Lounge/Recreation |
1.2 |
| For Hospital |
0.8 |
| Dining Area |
0.9 |
| For Penitentiary |
1.3 |
| For Hotel |
1.3 |
| For Motel |
1.2 |
| For Bar Lounge/Leisure Dining |
1.4 |
| For Family Dining |
2.1 |
| Food Preparation |
1.2 |
| Laboratory |
1.4 |
| Restrooms |
0.9 |
| Dressing/Locker/Fitting Room |
0.6 |
| Corridor/Transition |
0.5 |
| For Hospital |
1.0 |
| For Manufacturing Facility |
0.5 |
| Stairs – Active |
0.6 |
| Active Storage |
0.8 |
| For Hospital |
0.9 |
| Inactive Storage |
0.3 |
| For Museum |
0.8 |
| Electrical/Mechanical |
1.5 |
| Building-Specific Space Types PD, |
LPD,W/ft2 |
| Gymnasium/Exercise Center |
|
| Playing Area |
1.4 |
| Exercise Area |
0.9 |
| Courthouse/Police Station/Penitentiary |
|
| Courtroom |
1.9 |
| Confinement Cells |
0.9 |
| Judges’ Chambers |
1.3 |
| Fire Stations |
|
| Engine Rooms |
0.8 |
| Sleeping Quarters |
0.3 |
| Post Office – Sorting Area |
|
| Convention Center – Exhibit Space |
1.3 |
| Library |
|
| Card File and Cataloging |
1.7 |
| Stacks |
1.2 |
| Reading Area |
1.2 |
| Hospital |
|
| Emergency |
2.7 |
| Recovery |
0.8 |
| Nurses’ Station |
1.0 |
| Exam/Treatment |
1.5 |
| Pharmacy |
1.2 |
| Patient Room |
0.7 |
| Operating Room |
2.2 |
| Nursery |
0.6 |
| Medical Supply |
1.4 |
| Physical Therapy |
0.9 |
| Radiology |
0.4 |
| Laundry – Washing |
0.6 |
| Automotive – Service/Repair |
0.7 |
| Manufacturing |
|
| Low Bay (<25 ft Floor to Ceiling Height) |
1.2 |
| High Bay (>25 ft Floor to Ceiling Height) |
1.2 |
| Detailed Manufacturing |
2.1 |
| Equipment Room |
1.2 |
| Control Room |
0.5 |
| Hotel/Motel Guest Rooms |
1.1 |
| Dormitory –Living Quarters |
1.1 |
| Museum |
|
| General Exhibition |
1.0 |
| Restoration |
1.7 |
| Bank/Office – Banking Activity Area |
1.5 |
TABLE 9.6.1 Lighting Power Densities Using the Space-by-Space Method (continued)
| Common Space Typesa |
LPD,W/ft2 |
| Workshop |
1.9 |
| Sales Area [for accent lighting, see |
1.7 |
| Section 9.6.2 (b)] |
|
| Building-Specific Space Types |
LPD, W/ft2 |
| Religious Buildings |
|
| Worship Pulpit, Choir |
2.4 |
| Fellowship Hall |
0.9 |
| Retail |
|
| Sales Area [for accent lighting, see |
1.7 |
| Section 9.6.2 (b)] |
|
| Mall Concourse |
1.7 |
| Sports Arena |
0.9 |
| Ring Sports Area |
2.7 |
| Court Sports Area |
2.3 |
| Indoor Playing Field Area |
1.4 |
| Warehouse |
|
| Fine Material Storage |
1.4 |
| Medium/Bulky Material Storage |
0.9 |
| Parking Garage – Garage Area |
0.2 |
| Transportation |
|
| Airport – Concourse |
0.6 |
| Air/Train/Bus – Baggage Area |
1.0 |
| Terminal – Ticket Counter |
1.5 |
| Sports Arena |
0.9 |
Florida Business Code (FBC)
SECTION 13-415
LIGHTING
13-415.0 Applicability
13-415.1.ABC.1.1 Automatic lighting shutoff
13-415.1.ABC.1.2 Space control
13-415.1.ABC.1.3 Additional controls
13-415.1.ABC.1.4 Exterior lighting control
13-415.1.A Prescriptive requirements specific to Method A
13-415.1.B Prescriptive requirements specific to Method B
13-415.1.C Prescriptive requirements specific to Method C
13-415.2.ABC.1.2 Luminaire wattage
13-415.2.ABC.1.3 Exterior building lighting power TABLE 13-415.2.ABC.1.3 Lighting Power Limits for Bldg Exteriors TABLE 13-415.2.B Lighting Power Densities space-by-space
13-415.2.B.2 Additional interior lighting power
(back to top) 13-415.0 Applicability.
Lighting systems and equipment shall comply with the requirements of 415.1.ABC and applicable requirements of Section 415.2. This section shall apply to the following:
- Interior spaces of buildings;
- Exterior building features, including facades, illuminated roofs, architectural features, entrances, exits, loading docks, and illuminated canopies; and
- Exterior building grounds lighting provided through the building’s electrical service.
Exceptions :
- Emergency lighting that is automatically off during normal building operation,
- Lighting within living units,
- Lighting that is specifically designated as required by a health or life safety statute, ordinance, or regulation,
- Decorative gas lighting systems.
13-415.1 Prescriptive requirements.
13-415.1.ABC Basic prescriptive requirements for Methods A, B and C.
13-415.1.ABC.1 Controls.
(back to top) 13-415.1.ABC.1.1 Automatic lighting
shutoff.
Interior lighting in buildings larger than 5,000 square feet (465 m 2 ) shall be controlled with an automatic control device to shut off building lighting in all spaces. This automatic control
device shall function on either:
- A scheduled basis using a time-of-day operated control device that turns lighting off at specific programmed times - an independent program schedule shall be provided for areas of no more
than 25,000 square feet (2323 m²) but not more than one floor,
- An occupant sensor that shall turn lighting off within 30 minutes of an occupant leaving a space,
- A signal from another control or alarm system that indicates the area is unoccupied.
Exception: Lighting intended for 24-hour operation shall not require an automatic control device.
(back to top) 13-415.1.ABC.1.2 Space control.
Each space enclosed by ceiling-height partitions shall have at least one control device to independently control the general lighting within the space. Each control device shall be activated
either manually by an occupant or automatically by sensing an occupant. Each control device shall:
- Control a maximum of 2,500 square feet (232 m²) area for a space 10,000 square feet (929 m²) or less and a maximum of 10,000 square feet (929 m 2 ) area for a space greater than
10,000 square feet (929 m²), and
- Be capable of overriding any time-of-day scheduled shutoff control for no more than four hours.
Each manual control device shall be readily accessible and located so the occupant can see the controlled lighting.
Exception: Remote location shall be permitted for reasons of safety or security when the remote control device has an indicator pilot light as part of or next to
the control device and it shall be clearly labeled to identify the controlled lighting.
(back to top) 13-415.1.ABC.1.3 Additional controls.
Controls are required in the following cases:
- Display or accent lighting. Display or accent lighting shall have a separate control.
- Case lighting. Lighting in cases used for display purposes shall have a separate control device.
- Hotel and motel guest room lighting. Hotel and motel guest rooms and guest suites shall have a master control device at the main room entry that controls all permanently installed
luminaires and switched receptacles.
- Task lighting. Supplemental task lighting, including permanently installed under-shelf or under-cabinet lighting, shall have a control device integral to the luminaires or be controlled by
a wall-mounted control device provided the control device is readily accessible and located so that the occupant can see the controlled lighting.
- Nonvisual lighting. Lighting for nonvisual applications, such as plant growth and food warming, shall have a separate control device.
- Demonstration lighting. Lighting equipment that is for sale or for demonstrations in lighting education shall have a separate control device.
(back to top) 13-415.1.ABC.1.4 Exterior lighting
control.
Lighting for all exterior applications not exempted under 415.0 and 415.2.ABC.1.3 shall be controlled by a photosensor or astronomical time switch that is capable of automatically turning off the
exterior lighting when sufficient daylight is available or the lighting is not required.
Exception: Lighting for covered vehicle entrances or exits from buildings or parking structures where required for safety, security, or eye adaptation.
13-415.1.ABC.2 Exterior building grounds lighting.
All exterior building grounds luminaires that operate at greater than 100 watts shall contain lamps having a minimum efficacy of 60 lm/W unless the luminaire is controlled by a motion sensor or
qualifies for one of the exceptions under Sections 415.0 and 415.2.ABC.1.3.
13-415.1.ABC.3 Tandem wiring.
Luminaires designed for use with one or three linear fluorescent lamps >30W each shall use two-lamp tandem-wired ballasts in place of single lamp ballasts when two or more luminaires are in the
same space and on the same control device.
Exceptions:
- Recessed luminaires more than 10 feet (3048 mm) apart measured center to center.
- Surface-mounted or pendant luminaires that are not continuous.
- Luminaires using single-lamp high-frequency electronic ballasts.
- Luminaires using three-lamp high-frequency electronic or three-lamp electromagnetic ballasts.
- Luminaires on emergency circuits.
- Luminaires with no available pair.
13-415.1.ABC.4 Exit signs.
Exit sign luminaries operating at greater than 20 watts shall have a minimum source efficacy of 35 lm/W.
13-415.1.AB.1 Calculations.
All calculations and determinations of parameters used in the demonstration of compliance with this code by Methods A or B shall be conducted according to Section 415.2.
(back to top) 13-415.1.A
Prescriptive requirements specific to Method A.
Lighting levels and types determined by the FLA/COM Method A performance calculation to demonstrate compliance with this code shall be the maximum performance levels installed for lighting.
(back to top) 13-415.1.B
Prescriptive requirements specific to Method B.
Lighting levels and types determined by the FLA/COM Method B performance calculation to demonstrate compliance with this code shall be the maximum performance levels installed for lighting (see
Section 415.2.B ).
(back to top) 13-415.1.C
Prescriptive requirements specific to Method C.
See Section 415.2.C .
13-415.2 Performance calculation procedures.
13-415.2.ABC.1 Performance calculation procedures, General.
The interior lighting power allowance for a building or a separately metered or permitted portion of a building shall be determined by either the building area method described in Section 415.2.C.1
or the space-by-space method described in Section 415.2.B.1 . Trade-offs of interior lighting power allowance among portions of the building for which a different method of calculation has been
used are not permitted. The installed interior lighting power identified in accordance with Section 415.2.ABC.1.1 shall not exceed the interior lighting power allowance developed in accordance with
Section 415.2.C.1 or 415.2.B.1
Exceptions: The following lighting equipment and applications shall not be considered when determining the interior lighting power allowance developed in
accordance with Sections 415.2.C.1 or 415.2.B.1 , nor shall the wattage for such lighting be included in the installed interior lighting power identified in accordance with Section 415.2.ABC.1.1.
However, any such lighting shall not be exempt unless it is an addition to general lighting and is controlled by an independent control device.
- Display or accent lighting that is an essential element for the function performed in galleries, museums, and monuments.
- Lighting that is integral to equipment or instrumentation and is installed by its manufacturer.
- Lighting specifically designed for use only during medical or dental procedures and lighting integral to medical equipment.
- Lighting integral to both open and glass enclosed refrigerator and freezer cases.
- Lighting integral to food warming and food preparation equipment.
- Lighting for plant growth or maintenance.
- Lighting in spaces specifically designed for use by the visually impaired.
- Lighting in retail display windows, provided the display area is enclosed by ceiling-height partitions.
- Lighting in interior spaces that have been specifically designated as a registered interior historic landmark.
- Lighting that is an integral part of advertising or directional signage.
- Exit signs.
- Lighting that is for sale or lighting educational demonstration systems.
- Lighting for theatrical purposes, including performance,stage, and film and video production.
- Lighting for television broadcasting in sporting activity areas.
- Casino gaming areas.
13-415.2.ABC.1.1 Installed interior lighting power.
The installed interior lighting power shall include all power used by the luminaires, including lamps, ballasts, current regulators, and control devices except as specifically exempted in Section
415.2.ABC.1.
Exception: If two or more independently operating lighting systems in a space are capable of being controlled to prevent simultaneous user operation, the installed interior lighting power
shall be based solely on the lighting system with the highest wattage.
(back to top) 13-415.2.ABC.1.2 Luminaire wattage.
Luminaire wattage incorporated into the installed interior lighting power shall be determined in accordance with the following criteria:
- The wattage of incandescent or tungsten-halogen luminaires with medium screw base sockets and not containing permanently installed ballasts shall be the maximum labeled wattage of the
luminaire.
- The wattage of luminaires with permanently installed or remote ballasts or transformers shall be the operating input wattage of the maximum lamp/auxiliary combination based on values from
the auxiliary manufacturers literature or recognized testing laboratories.
- The wattage of line-voltage lighting track and plug-in busway that allow the addition and/or relocation of luminaires without altering the wiring of the system shall be the specified
wattage of the luminaries included in the system with a minimum of 30 watts per linear foot.
- The wattage of low-voltage lighting track, cable conductor, rail conductor, and other flexible lighting systems that allow the addition and/or relocation of luminaires without altering the
wiring of the system shall be the specified wattage of the transformer supplying the system.
- The wattage of all other miscellaneous lighting equipment shall be the specified wattage of the lighting equipment.
(back to top) 13-415.2.ABC.1.3 Exterior building
lighting power.
The exterior building facade lighting power shall not exceed 0.25 watts per square feet of the illuminated area. The exterior lighting power allowance for all other exterior building applications
is the sum of the lighting power limits permitted and specified in Table 415.2.ABC.1.3 for these applications. Exterior lighting for all applications (except those included in the exceptions to
Sections 415.0 and 415.2.ABC.1.3 ) shall comply with the requirements of Section 415.1.ABC.2.
Exceptions: Lighting used for the following exterior applications is exempt when equipped with an independent control device:
(a) specialized signal, directional, and marker lighting associated with transportation;
(b) lighting used to highlight features of public monuments and registered historic landmark structures or buildings; and
(c) lighting that is integral to advertising signage.
(back to top) TABLE 13-415.2.ABC.1.3
LIGHTING POWER LIMITS FOR BUILDING EXTERIORS
| Applications |
Power Limits |
| Building entrance with canopy or free standing canopy |
3 W/ft² of canopied area |
| Building entrance without canopy |
33 W/lin. ft.of door width |
| Building exit |
20 W/lin ft. of door width |
13-415.2.A Performance calculation procedures specific to Method A.
Calculation procedures for Method A shall be those incorporated in the FLA/COM program for Method A compliance.
13-415.2.B Performance calculation procedures specific to Method B.
Calculation procedures for Method B shall be those incorporated in the FLA/COM program for Method B compliance.
(back to top) TABLE 13-415.2.B
LIGHTING POWER DENSITIES USING THE SPACE-BY-SPACE METHOD
| Space-by-Space Method Lighting Power Density (LPD) |
| Common Space Types¹ |
LPD
(W/ft²) |
Building Specific Space Types (cont'd) |
LPD
(W/ft²) |
| Office-enclosed |
1.1 |
Gymnasium/Exercise Center |
|
| Office-open plan |
1.1 |
Playing Area |
1.4 |
| Conference/Meeting/Multipurpose |
1.3 |
Exercise Area |
0.9 |
| Classroom/Lecture/Training |
1.4 |
Fire Stations |
|
| Lobby |
1.3 |
Fire Station Engine Room |
0.8 |
| For Hotel |
1.1 |
Sleeping Quarters |
0.3 |
| For Performing Arts Theater |
3.3 |
Post Office-Sorting Area |
1.2 |
| For Motion Picture Theater |
1.1 |
Convention Center – Exhibit Space |
1.3 |
| Audience/Seating Area |
0.9 |
Library |
|
| For Gymnasium |
0.4 |
Card File & Cataloging |
1.1 |
| For Exercise Center |
0.3 |
Stacks |
1.7 |
| For Convention Center |
0.7 |
Reading Area |
1.2 |
| For Religious Buildings |
1.7 |
Hospital |
|
| For Sports Arenas |
0.4 |
Emergency |
2.7 |
| For Performing Arts Theater |
2.6 |
Recovery |
0.8 |
| For Motion Picture Theater |
1.2 |
Nurse Station |
1.0 |
| For Transportation |
0.5 |
Exam/Treatment |
1.5 |
| Atrium-first three floors |
0.6 |
Pharmacy |
1.2 |
| Atrium-each additional floors |
0.2 |
Patient Room |
0.7 |
| Lounge/Recreation |
1.2 |
Operating Room |
2.2 |
| For Hospital |
0.8 |
Nursery |
0.6 |
| Dining Area |
0.9 |
Medical Supply |
1.4 |
| For Hotel/Motel |
1.3 |
Physical Therapy |
0.9 |
| For Bar Lounge/Leisure Dining |
1.4 |
Radiology |
0.4 |
| For Family Dining |
2.1 |
Laundry-Washing |
0.6 |
| Food Preparation |
1.2 |
Automotive – Service/Repair |
0.7 |
| Laboratory |
1.4 |
Museum |
|
| Restrooms |
0.9 |
General Exhibition |
1.0 |
| Dressing/Locker/Fitting Room |
0.6 |
Restoration |
1.7 |
| Corridor/Transition |
0.5 |
Bank/Office – Banking Activity Area |
1.5 |
| For Hospital |
1.0 |
Religious Buildings |
|
| For Manufacturing Facility |
0.5 |
Worship-pulpit, choir |
2.4 |
| Stairs-active |
0.6 |
Fellowship Hall |
0.9 |
| Active Storage |
0.8 |
Retail |
|
| For Hospitals |
0.9 |
Grocery Sales Area |
2.0 |
| Inactive Storage |
0.3 |
Jewelry & Art Sales Area |
4.0 |
| For Museum |
0.8 |
Other Merchandise Sales Area |
2.0 |
| Electrical/Mechanical |
1.5 |
Mall Concourse |
1.5 |
| Workshop¹ |
1.9 |
Sports Arena |
|
| |
|
Ring Sports Area |
2.7 |
| Building Specific Space Types |
Court Sports Area |
2.3 |
| Indoor Plying Field Area |
1.4 |
| Canopies |
|
Warehouse |
|
| Under 15 feel in height |
1.5 |
Fine Material Storage |
1.4 |
| 15 feet and over in height |
2.0 |
Medium/Bulky Material Storage |
0.9 |
| |
|
Parking Garage – Garage Area |
0.2 |
| Courthouse/Police Station |
|
Transportation |
|
| Courtroom |
1.9 |
Airport - Concourse |
0.6 |
| Judges Chambers |
1.3 |
Air/Train/Bus – Baggage Area |
1.0 |
| |
|
Terminal – Ticket Counter |
1.5 |
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm
¹ In cases where both a common space type and building specific space type are listed, the building specific space type shall apply.
13-415.2.B.1 Space-by-space method of calculating interior lighting power allowance.
FLA/COM uses the following steps to determine the interior lighting power allowance by the space-by-space method.
- Determine the appropriate building type from Table 415.2.B . For building types not listed, selection of a reasonably equivalent type shall be permitted.
- For each space enclosed by partitions 80 percent or greater than ceiling height, determine the gross interior floor area by measuring to the center of the partition wall. Include the floor
area of balconies or other projections. Retail spaces do not have to comply with the 80-percent partition height requirements.
- Determine the interior lighting power allowance by using the columns designated space-by-space method in Table 415.2.B . Multiply the floor area(s) of the space(s) times the allowed
lighting power density for the space type that most closely represents the proposed use of the space(s). The product is the lighting power allowance for the space(s). For space types not
listed, selection of a reasonable equivalent category shall be permitted.
- The interior lighting power allowance is the sum of lighting power allowances of all spaces. Trade-offs among spaces are permitted provided that the total installed interior lighting power
does not exceed the interior lighting power allowance.
(back to top) 13-415.2.B.2 Additional interior
lighting power.
When using the space-by-space method, an increase in the interior lighting power allowance is allowed for specific lighting functions. Additional power shall be allowed only if the specified
lighting is installed, shall be used only for the specified luminaires, and shall not be used for any other purpose or in any other space. An increase in the interior lighting power allowance is
permitted in the following cases:
- For spaces in which lighting is specified to be installed in addition to the general lighting for the purpose of decorative appearance, such as chandelier-type luminaries or sconces or for
highlighting art or exhibits, provided that the additional lighting power shall not exceed 1.0 watts per square foot of such spaces.
- For spaces in which lighting is specified to be installed to meet the requirements of visual display terminals as the primary viewing task, provided that the additional lighting power shall
not exceed 0.35 watts per square foot of such spaces and that the specified luminaire meets requirements for use in such spaces. Maximum average luminance measured from the vertical in candelas
per square foot of not more than 80 cd/ft² at 65 degrees, 33 cd/ft² at 75 degrees, and 17 cd/ft² at 85 to 90 degrees.
- For lighting equipment installed in retail spaces that is specifically designed and directed to highlight merchandise, provided that the additional lighting power shall not exceed:
(1) 1.6 watts per square foot times the area of specific display or
(2) 3.9 watts per square foot times the area of specific display for valuable merchandise, such as jewelry, fine apparel and accessories, china and
silver, art, and similar items, where detailed display and examination of merchandise are important.
(back to top) 13-415.2.C Performance calculation procedures specific to Method C.
13-415.2.C.1 Building area method of calculating interior lighting power allowance.
Use the following steps to determine the interior lighting power allowance by the building area method:
- Determine the appropriate building area type from Table 415.2.C.1 and the allowed lighting power density (watts per unit area) from the building area method column. For building area types
not listed, selection of a reasonably equivalent type shall be permitted.
- Determine the gross lighted floor area (square feet) of the building area type.
- Multiply the gross lighted floor areas of the building area type(s) times the lighting power density.
- The interior lighting power allowance for the building is the sum of the lighting power allowances of all building area types. Trade-offs among building area types are permitted provided
that the total installed interior lighting power does not exceed the interior lighting power allowance.
(back to top) TABLE 13-415.2.C.1
LIGHTING POWER DENSITIES USING
THE BUILDING AREA METHOD
| Building Area Type 1 |
Lighting Power Density (W/ft²) |
| Automotive Facility |
0.9 |
| Convention Center |
1.2 |
| Court House |
1.2 |
| Dining: Bar Lounge/Leisure |
1.3 |
| Dining: Cafeteria/Fast Food |
1.4 |
| Dining: Family |
1.5 |
| Dormitory |
1.0 |
| Excercise Center |
1.8 |
| Gymnasium |
1.1 |
| Healthcare – Clinic |
1.0 |
| Hospital |
1.2 |
| Hotel |
1.0 |
| Library |
1.3 |
| Manufacturing Facility |
1.3 |
| Motel |
1.0 |
| Motion Picture Theatre |
1.2 |
| Multi-Family |
0.7 |
| Museum |
1.1 |
| Office |
1.0 |
| Parking Garage |
0.3 |
| Penitentiary |
1.0 |
| Performing Arts Theater |
1.6 |
| Police/Fire Station |
1.0 |
| Post Office |
1.1 |
| Religious Building |
1.3 |
| Retail |
1.5 |
| School/University |
1.1 |
| Sports Arena |
1.1 |
| Town Hall |
1.0 |
| Transportation |
1.0 |
| Warehouse |
0.8 |
| Workshop |
1.4 |
1. In cases where both general building area type and a specific building type are listed, the specific building area type shall apply
IECC 2000
Section 805 Lighting Systems
805.2.1 Interior lighting controls
805.2.1.1 Bi-level switching
805.2.1.2 Guest rooms
805.2.2 Exterior lighting controls
Table 805.5.2 Interior Lighting Power 806.4.7 Interior lighting
Addendum 2001 - Additions to IECC 2000 805.2.2. Additional controls
805.2.1.1 Bi Level Switching 805.2.2.2 Automatic lighting shutoff
805.1 General. This section covers lighting system controls, the connection of ballasts, the maximum lighting power for interior applications, and the minimum acceptable lighting
equipment for exterior applications.
805.2 Lighting controls. Lighting systems shall be provided with the controls as required in sections 805.2.1 and 805.2.2.
805.2.1 Interior lighting
controls. Each area enclosed by walls or floor-to-ceiling partitions shall have at least one manual control for the lighting serving that area. The required controls shall be located within the
area served by the controls or be a remote switch that identifies the lights served and indicates their status.
Exceptions:
- Areas designated as security or emergency areas that must be continuously lighted.
- Lighting in stairways or corridors that are elements if the means of egress.
805.2.1.1 Bi-level switching. Each area that is required to have a manual control shall also allow the occupant to reduce the connected lighting load in a reasonably uniform illumination
pattern by at least 50 percent.
Exceptions:
- Areas that have only 1 luminaire.
- Areas that are controlled by an occupant-sensing device.
- Corridors, storerooms, rest rooms, or public lobbies.
- Guest rooms.
805.2.1.2 Guest rooms. Guest rooms in hotels, motels, boarding houses or buildings shall have at least one master switch at the main entry door that controls all permanently wired lighting
fixtures and switched receptacles, except those in the bathroom(s). Suites shall have a control meeting these requirements at the entry to each room or at the primary entry to the suite.
805.2.2 Exterior lighting controls. Automatic switching or photocell controls shall be provided for all exterior lighting not intended for 24-hour operation. Automatic time switches shall have
a combination seven-day and seasonal daylight program schedule adjustment, and a minimum 4- hour power backup.
805.3 Tandem wiring. One- or three- lamp fluorescent fixtures that are pendant- or surface- mounted in continuous rows or recess mounted in an accessible ceiling
and within 10 feet (3048mm) of each other shall be tandem wired.
Exceptions:
- Where electronic high-frequency ballasts are used.
- Luminaires not on the same switch control or in the same area.
Table 805.5.2
INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER
| BUILDING OR AREA TYPE |
ENTIRE BUILDING
(W/ft²) |
TENANT AREA OR PORTION OF BUILDING
(W/ft²) |
| Auditorium |
NA |
1.6 |
| Bank/financial institutiona |
NA |
2.0 |
| Classroom/lecture hallb |
NA |
1.6 |
| Convention,conference or meeting areaa |
NA |
1.5 |
| Corridor,restroom, support area |
NA |
0.8 |
| Dininga |
NA |
1.4 |
| Exercise centera |
1.4 |
1.1 |
| Exhibition hall |
NA |
3.3 |
| Grocery storec |
1.9 |
2.1 |
| Gymnasium playing surface |
NA |
1.9 |
| Hotel functiona |
NA |
2.4 |
| Industrial work,<20-foot ceiling height |
NA |
2.1 |
Industrial work, 20-foot ceiling height
|
NA |
3.0 |
| Kitchen |
NA |
2.2 |
| Librarya |
1.5 |
1.8 |
| Lobby--hotela |
NA |
1.9 |
| Lobby--othera |
NA |
1.0 |
| Mall, arcade, or atrium |
NA |
1.4 |
| Medical and clinical careb,d |
1.6 |
1.6 |
| Museumb |
1.6 |
1.6 |
| Officeb |
1.3 |
1.5 |
| Religious worshipa |
2.2 |
3.2 |
| Resturanta |
1.7 |
1.7 |
| Retail sales, wholesale showroomc |
1.9 |
2.1 |
| School |
1.5 |
NA |
| Storage, industrial and commercial |
0.6 |
1.0 |
| Theaters—motion pictures |
1.1 |
1.0 |
| Theaters—performance (a) |
1.4 |
1.5 |
| Other |
0.6 |
1.0 |
For SI: 1 foot= 304.8 mm, 1 Watts per square foot =W/0.0929 m².
NA = Not Applicable.
- Where lighting equipment is specified to be installed for decorative in addition to lighting equipment specified for general lighting and is switch or dimmed on circuits different from the
circuits for general lighting, the smaller of the actual wattage of the decorative lighting equipment or 1.0W/ft² times the are of the space that the decorative lighting equipment is in
shall be added to the interior lighting power determined in accordance with this line item.
- Where lighting equipment is specified to be installed to meet requirements of visual display terminals as the primary viewing task, the smaller of the actual wattage of the lighting equipment
or 0.35 W/ft² times the area of the space that the lighting equipment is in shall be added to the interior lighting power determined in accordance with this line item.
- Where lighting equipment is specified to be installed to highlight specific merchandise in addition to lighting equipment specified for general lighting and is switched or dimmed on circuits
different from the circuits for general lighting the smaller of the actual wattage of the lighting equipment installed specifically for merchandise, or 1.6 W/ft² times the area of the
specific display, or 3.9 W/ft² times the actual case or shelf area for displaying and selling fine merchandise such as jewelry, fine apparel and accessories, or china and silver, shall be
added to the interior lighting power determined in accordance with this line item.
- Where lighting equipment is specified to be installed, the smaller of the actual wattage of the lighting equipment, or 1.0 W/ft² times the area of the emergency, recovery, medical supply
and pharmacy space shall be added to the interior lighting power determined in accordance with this line item.
…
806.4.7 Interior lighting. The lignting power for the standaed design shall be the maximum allowed in accodance with Section 805.4. Where the occupancy of the building is not known, the
lighting power density shall be 1.5 warrs per square foot (16.1 W/m2)
Addendum 2001 - Additions to IECC 2000
Section 805.2. Change to read as follows:
(EC47-00)
805.2 Lighting controls. Lighting systems shall be provided with controls as required in Section 805.2.1, 805.2.2 and 805.2.3.
Section 805.2.2. Add new section to read as follows and renumber remaining sections:
(EC47-00)
805.2.2. Additional controls. Each area that is required to have a manual control shall have additional controls that meet the requirements of Sections 805.2.2.1, 805.2.2.2 or 805.2.2.3.
Exceptions:
- Areas that have only 1 luminaire.
- Areas that are controlled by an occupant-sensing device.
- Corridors, storerooms, restrooms, or public lobbies.
Secction 805.2.1.1. Change to read as follows:
(EC47-00)
805.2.1.1 Bi Level Switching. Each area less than 250 ft² (23m²) that is required to have a manual control shall also allow the occupant to reduce the connected lighting load in a
reasonably uniform illumination pattern by at least 50 percent.
Exceptions:
- Areas that have only 1 luminaire.
- Areas that are controlled by an occupant-sensing device.
- Corridors, storerooms, restrooms, or public lobbies.
- Guest rooms.
Section 805.2.2.2. Add new section as follows:
(EC47-00)
805.2.2.2 Automatic lighting shutoff. Spaces greater than 250² (23m²) in buildings larger than 5,000ft² (465m²) shall be equipped with an automatic control device to shut
off lighting in those spaces. This automatic control device shall function on either:
- A scheduled basis, using time-of-day, with an independent program schedule that controls the interior lighting in areas that do not exceed 25,000 ft² (2323 m²) and are not more than
one floor, or
- An unscheduled basis by occupant intervention.
IECC 2001
Section 805.2. Change to read as follows:
(EC47-00)
805.2 Lighting controls. Lighting systems shall be provided with controls as required in Section 805.2.1, 805.2.2 and 805.2.3.
Section 805.2.2. Add new section to read as follows and renumber remaining sections:
(EC47-00)
805.2.2. Additional controls. Each area that is required to have a manual control shall have additional controls that meet the requirements of Sections 805.2.2.1,
805.2.2.2 or 805.2.2.3.
Exceptions:
- Areas that have only 1 luminaire.
- Areas that are controlled by an occupant-sensing device.
- Corridors, storerooms, restrooms, or public lobbies.
Secction 805.2.1.1. Change to read as follows:
(EC47-00)
805.2.1.1 Bi Level Switching. Each area less than 250 ft² (23m²) that is required to have a manual control shall also allow the occupant to reduce the
connected lighting load in a reasonably uniform illumination pattern by at least 50 percent.
Exceptions:
- Areas that have only 1 luminaire.
- Areas that are controlled by an occupant-sensing device.
- Corridors, storerooms, restrooms, or public lobbies.
- Guest rooms.
Section 805.2.2.2. Add new section as follows:
(EC47-00)
805.2.2.2 Automatic lighting shutoff. Spaces greater than 250² (23m²) in buildings larger than 5,000ft² (465m²) shall be equipped with an
automatic control device to shut off lighting in those spaces. This automatic control device shall function on either:
- A scheduled basis, using time-of-day, with an independent program schedule that controls the interior lighting in areas that do not exceed 25,000 ft² (2323 m²) and are not more than
one floor, or
- An unscheduled basis by occupant intervention.
IECC 2003
SECTION 805
ELECTRICAL POWER AND LIGHTING SYSTEMS
805.2.1 Interior lighting controls
805.2.2 Additional controls
805.2.2.1 Light reduction controls
805.2.2.2 Automatic lighting shutoff
805.2.2.2.1 Occupant override
805.2.2.2.2 Holiday scheduling
805.2.2.3 Guestrooms
805.2.3 Exterior lighting controls
805.5 Interior lighting power requirements
805.5.1.4 Line-voltage lighting track
805.6 Exterior lighting Table 805.5.2 Interior Lighting Power
805.1 General. This section covers lighting system controls, the connection of ballasts, the maximum lighting power for interior applications, and minimum acceptable lighting equipment
for exterior applications.
Exception: Lighting within dwelling units.
805.2 Lighting controls. Lighting systems shall be provided with controls as required in Sections 805.2.1, 805.2.2 and 805.2.3.
805.2.1 Interior lighting controls. Each area enclosed by walls or floor-to-ceiling partitions shall have at least one manual control for the lighting serving that area. The required
controls shall be located within the area served by the controls or be a remote switch that identifies the lights served and indicates their status.
Exceptions:
- Areas designated as security or emergency areas that must be continuously lighted.
- Lighting in stairways or corridors that are elements of the means of egress.
805.2.2 Additional controls. Each area that is required to have a manual control shall have additional controls that meet the requirements of Sections 805.2.2.1, 805.2.2.2 and 805.2.2.3.
Exceptions:
- Areas that have only one luminaire.
- Areas that are controlled by an occupant-sensing device.
- Corridors, storerooms, restrooms or public lobbies.
805.2.2.1 Light reduction controls. Each area that is required to have a manual control shall also allow the occupant to reduce the connected lighting load in a reasonably uniform
illumination pattern by at least 50 percent. Lighting reduction shall be achieved by one of the following or other approved method:
- Controlling all lamps or luminaries;
- Dual switching of alternate rows of luminaires, alternate luminaires or alternate lamps;
- Switching the middle lamp luminaires independently of the outer lamps; or
- Switching each luminaire or each lamp.
Exceptions:
- Areas that have only one luminaire.
- Areas that are controlled by an occupant-sensing device.
- Corridors, storerooms, restrooms or public lobbies.
- Guestrooms.
- Spaces that use less than 0.6 Watts per square foot (6.5 W/m).
805.2.2.2 Automatic lighting shutoff. Buildings larger than 5,000 square feet (465m²) shall be equipped with an automatic control device to shut off lighting in those areas. This
automatic control device shall function on either:
- A scheduled basis, using time-of-day, with an independent program schedule that controls the interior lighting in areas that do not exceed 25,000 square feet (2323 m²) and are not more
than one floor; or
- An unscheduled basis by occupant intervention.
805.2.2.2.1 Occupant override. Where an automatic time switch control device is installed to comply with Section 805.2.2.2, Item 1, it shall incorporate an override switching device
that:
- Is readily accessible.
- Is located so that a person using the device can see the lights or the area controlled by that switch, or so that the area being lit is annunciated.
- Is manually operated.
- Allows the lighting to remain on for no more than 2 hours when an override is initiated.
- Controls an area not exceeding 5,000 square feet (465 m²).
Exceptions:
- 1. In malls and arcades, auditoriums, single- tenant retail spaces, industrial facilities and arenas, where captive-key override is utilized, override time may exceed 2 hours.
- 2. In malls and arcades, auditoriums, single- tenant retail spaces, industrial facilities and arenas, the area controlled may not exceed 20,000 square feet (1860 m²).
805.2.2.2.2 Holiday scheduling. If an automatic time switch control device is installed in accordance with Section 805.2.2.2, Item 1, it shall incorporate an automatic holiday scheduling
feature that turns off all loads for at least 24 hours, then resumes the normally scheduled operation.
Exception: Retail stores and associated malls, restaurants, grocery stores, churches and theaters.
805.2.2.3 Guestrooms. Guestrooms in hotels, motels, boarding houses or similar buildings shall have at least one master switch at the main entry door that controls all permanently wired
lighting fixtures and switched receptacles, except those in the bathroom(s). Suites shall have a control meeting these requirements at the entry to each room or at the primary entry to the
suite.
805.2.3 Exterior lighting controls. Automatic switching or photocell controls shall be provided for all exterior lighting not intended for 24-hour operation. Automatic time switches shall
have a combination seven-day and seasonal daylight program schedule adjustment, and a minimum 4-hour power backup.
805.3 Tandem wiring. The following luminaires located within the same area shall be tandem wired:
- Fluorescent luminaires equipped with one, three or odd numbered lamp configurations, that are recess-mounted within 10 feet (3048mm)center-to-center of each other.
- Fluorescent luminaires equipped with one, three or any other odd-numbered lamp configuration, that are pendant- or surface-mounted within 1 foot (305 mm) edge-to-edge of each other.
Exceptions:
- Where electronic high-frequency ballasts are used.
- Luminaires on emergency circuits.
- Luminaires with no available pair in the same area.
805.4 Exit signs. Internally illuminated exit signs shall not exceed 5 Watts per side.
805.5 Interior lighting power requirements. A building complies with this section if its total connected lighting power calculated under Section 805.5.1 is no greater than the interior
lighting power calculated under Section 805.5.2.
805.5.1 Total connected interior lighting power. The total connected interior lighting power(Watts) shall be the sum of the watts of all interior lighting
equipment as determined in accordance with Sections 805.5.1.1 through 805.5.1.4.
Exceptions: The connected power associated with the following lighting equipment is not included in calculating total connected lighting power.
- Specialized medical, dental and research lighting.
- Professional sports arena playing field lighting.
- Display lighting for exhibits in galleries, museums and monuments.
- Guestroom lighting in hotels, motels, boarding houses or similar buildings.
- Emergency lighting automatically off during normal building operation.
805.5.1.1 Screw lamp holders. The wattage shall be the maximum labeled wattage of the luminaire.
805.5.1.2 Low-voltage lighting. The wattage shall be the specified wattage of the transformer supplying the system.
805.5.1.3 Other luminaires. The wattage of all other lighting equipment shall be the wattage of the lighting equipment verified through data furnished by the
manufacturer or other approved sources.
805.5.1.4 Line-voltage lighting track and plug-in bus way. The wattage shall be the greater of the wattage of the luminaires determined in accordance with Sections 805.5.1.1 through
805.5.1.3 or 30 W/linear foot (98W/lin m).
805.5.2 Interior lighting power. The interior lighting power shall be calculated using Section 805.5.2.1 or 805.5.2.2 as applicable.
805.5.2.1 Entire building method. Under this approach, the interior lighting power (Watts) is the value from Table 805.5.2 for the building type times the
conditioned floor area of the entire building. The interior lighting power (Watts) shall not be increased by the allowances contained in the footnotes of Table 805.5.2 when using the entire
building method.
805.5.2.2 Tenant area or portion of building method. The total interior lighting power (Watts) is the sum of all interior lighting powers for all areas in the
building covered in this permit. The interior lighting power is the conditioned floor area for each area type listed in Table 805.5.2 times the value from Table 805.5.2 for that area. For the
purposes of this method, an "area" shall be defined as all contiguous spaces that accommodate or are associated with a single area type as listed in Table 805.5.2. When this method is used to
calculate the total interior lighting power for an entire building, each area type shall be treated as a separate area.
805.6 Exterior lighting. When the power for exterior lighting is supplied through the energy service to the building, all exterior lighting, other than low-voltage landscape lighting, shall
have a source efficacy of at least 45 lumens per Watt.
Exception: Where approved because of historical, safety, signage or emergency considerations.
805.7 Electrical energy consumption. In buildings having individual dwelling units, provisions shall be made to determine the electrical energy consumed by each tenant by separately
metering individual dwelling units.
Table 805.5.2
INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER
| BUILDING OR AREA TYPE |
ENTIRE BUILDING
(W/ft²) |
TENANT AREA OR PORTION OF BUILDING
(W/ft²) |
| Auditorium |
Not Applicable |
1.8 |
| Automotive facility |
0.9 |
Not Applicable |
| Bank/financial institution (a) |
Not Applicable |
1.5 |
| Classroom/lecture hall (b) |
Not Applicable |
1.4 |
| Convention,conference or meeting center (a) |
1.2 |
1.3 |
| Cooridor,restroom, support area |
Not Applicable |
0.9 |
| Courthouse/town hall |
1.2 |
Not Applicable |
| Dining(a) |
Not Applicable |
0.9 |
| Dormitory |
1.0 |
NA |
| Exercise center (a) |
1.0 |
0.9 |
| Exhibition hall |
Not Applicable |
1.3 |
| Grocery store (c) |
1.5 |
1.6 |
| Gymnasium playing surface |
Not Applicable |
1.4 |
| Hotel function (a) |
1.0 |
1.3 |
| Industrial work,<20-foot ceiling height |
Not Applicable |
1.2 |
Industrial work,>20-foot ceiling height
|
Not Applicable |
1.7 |
| Kitchen |
Not Applicable |
1.2 |
| Library (a) |
1.3 |
1.7 |
| Lobby--hotel (a) |
Not Applicable |
1.1 |
| Lobby--other (a) |
Not Applicable |
1.3 |
| Mall, arcade, or atrium |
Not Applicable |
0.6 |
| Medical and clinical care (b,d) |
1.2 |
1.2 |
| Motel |
1.0 |
Not Applicable |
| Multifamily |
0.7 |
Not Applicable |
| Museum (b) |
1.1 |
1.0 |
| Office (b) |
1.0 |
1.1 |
| Parking Garage |
0.3 |
Not Applicable |
| Penitentiary |
1.0 |
Not Applicable |
| Police/fire station |
1.0 |
Not Applicable |
| Post Office |
1.1 |
Not Applicable |
| Religious worship (a) |
1.3 |
2.4 |
| Resturant (a) |
1.6 |
0.9 |
| Retail sales, wholesale showroom (c) |
1.5 |
1.7 |
| School |
1.2 |
Not Applicable |
| Storage, industrial and commercial |
0.8 |
0.8 |
| Theaters--motion pictures |
1.2 |
1.2 |
| Theaters--performance (a) |
1.6 |
2.6 |
| Transportation |
1.0 |
Not Applicable |
| Other |
0.6 |
1.0 |
For SI: 1foot =304.8mm, 1 Watts per square foot = W/0.0929 m²
(a) Where lighting equipment is specified to be installed for decorative appearances in addition to lighting equipment specified for general lighting and is switched or dimmed on circuits
different from the circuits for general lighting, the smaller of the actual wattage of the decorative lighting equipment or 1.0W/ft² times the area of the space that the decorative
lighting equipment is in shall be added to the interior lighting power determined in accordance with this line item.
(b) Where lighting equipment is specified to be installed to meet requirements of visual display terminals as the primary viewing task, the smaller of the actual wattage of the lighting
equipment or 0.35W/ft² times the area of the space that the lighting equipment is in shall be added to the interior lighting power determined in accordance with this line item.
(c) Where lighting equipment is specified to be installed to highlight specific merchandise in addition to lighting equipment specified for general lighting and is switched or dimmed on the
circuits different from the circuits for general lighting, the smaller of the actual wattage of the lighting equipment installed specifically for merchandise or, 1.6W/ft² times the
area of the specific display or , 39 W/ft² times the actual case or shelf area for displaying and selling fine merchandise such as jewelry, fine apparel and accessories, or china and
silver, shall be added to the interior lighting power determined in accordance with this line item.
(d) Where lighting equipment is specified to be installed, the smaller of the actual wattage of the lighting equipment, or 1.0W/ft² times the area of the emergency, recovery, medical
supply and pharmacy space shall be added to the interior lighting power determined in accordance with this line item.
|
806.4.7 Interior lighting. The lighting power for the standard design shall be the maximum allowed in accordance with Section 805.4. Where the occupancy of the
building is not known, the lighting power density shall be 1.5 Watts per square foot (16.1 W/ft² ).
IECC 2006
SECTION 505
ELECTRICAL POWER AND LIGHTING SYSTEMS
(Mandatory)
505.1 General. (Mandatory). This section covers lighting system controls, the connection of ballasts, the maximumlighting power for interior applications, and minimum acceptable lighting
equipment for exterior applications.
Exception: Lighting within dwelling units.
505.2 Lighting controls. (Mandatory). Lighting systems shall be provided with controls as required in Sections 505.2.1, 505.2.2 , 505.2.3 and 505.2.4.
505.2.1 Interior lighting controls. Each area enclosed by walls or floor-to-ceiling partitions shall have at least one manual control for the lighting serving that area. The required
controls shall be located within the area served by the controls or be a remote switch that identifies the lights served and indicates their status.
Exceptions:
- Areas designated as security or emergency areas that must be continuously lighted.
- Lighting in stairways or corridors that are elements of the means of egress.
505.2.2 Additional controls. Each area that is required to have a manual control shall have additional controls that meet the requirements of Sections 505.2.2.1 and 505.2.2.2.
505.2.2.1 Light reduction controls. Each area that is required to have a manual control shall also allow the occupant to reduce the connected lighting load in a reasonably uniform
illumination pattern by at least 50 percent. Lighting reduction shall be achieved by one of the following or other approved method:
- Controlling all lamps or luminaires;
- Dual switching of alternate rows of luminaires, alternate luminaires or alternate lamps;
- Switching the middle lamp luminaires independently of the outer lamps; or
- Switching each luminaire or each lamp.
Exceptions:
- Areas that have only one luminaire.
- Areas that are controlled by an occupant-sensing device.
- Corridors, storerooms, restrooms or public lobbies.
- Sleeping unit (see Section 505.2.3).
- Spaces that use less than 0.6 watts per square foot (6.5 W/m2).
505.2.2.2 Automatic lighting shutoff. Buildings larger than 5,000 square feet (465m2) shall be equipped with an automatic control device to shut off lighting in those areas. This
automatic control device shall function on either:
- A scheduled basis, using time-of-day, with an independent program schedule that controls the interior lighting in areas that do not exceed 25,000 square feet (2323 m2) and are not more than
one floor; or
- An occupant sensor that shall turn lighting off within 30 minutes of an occupant leaving a space; or
- A signal from another control or alarm system that indicates the area is unoccupied.
Exception: The following shall not require an automatic control device:
- Sleeping unit (see Section 505.2.3).
- Lighting in spaces where patient care is directly provided.
- Spaces where an automatic shutoff would endanger occupant safety or security.
505.2.2.2.1 Occupant override. Where an automatic time switch control device is installed to comply with Section 505.2.2.2, Item 1, it shall incorporate an override switching device that:
- Is readily accessible.
- Is located so that a person using the device can see the lights or the area controlled by that switch, or so that the area being lit is annunciated.
- Is manually operated.
- Allows the lighting to remain on for no more than 2 hours when an override is initiated.
- Controls an area not exceeding 5,000 square feet (465 m2).
Exceptions:
- In malls and arcades, auditoriums, single- tenant retail spaces, industrial facilities and arenas, where captive-key override is utilized, override time may exceed 2 hours.
- In malls and arcades, auditoriums, single- tenant retail spaces, industrial facilities and arenas, the area controlled may not exceed 20,000 square feet (1860 m2).
505.2.2.2.2 Holiday scheduling. If an automatic time switch control device is installed in accordance with Section 505.2.2.2, Item 1, it shall incorporate an automatic holiday
scheduling feature that turns off all loads for at least 24 hours, then resumes the normally scheduled operation.
Exception: Retail stores and associated malls, restaurants, grocery stores, places of religious worship and theaters.
505.2.3 Sleeping unit. Sleeping units in hotels, motels, boarding houses or similar buildings shall have at least one master switch at the main entry door that controls all permanently
wired luminaires and switched receptacles, except those in the bathroom(s). Suites shall have a control meeting these requirements at the entry to each room or at the primary entry to the
suite.
505.2.4 Exterior lighting controls. Lighting for all exterior applications shall have automatic controls capable of turning off exterior lighting when sufficient daylight is available
or when the lighting is not required during nighttime hours. Lighting not designated for dusk-to-dawn operation shall be controlled by an astronomical time switch. Lighting designated for
dusk-to-dawn operation shall be controlled by an astronomical time switch or photosensor. Astronomical time switches shall be capable of retaining programming and the time setting during loss of
power for a period of at least 10 hours.
Exception: Lighting for covered vehicle entrances or exits from buildings or parking structures where required for safety, security, or eye adaptation.
505.3 Tandem wiring. (Mandatory). The following luminaires located within the same area shall be tandem wired:
- Fluorescent luminaires equipped with one, three or odd-numbered lamp configurations, that are recess-mounted within 10 feet (3048 mm) center-to-center of each other.
- Fluorescent luminaires equipped with one, three or any other odd-numbered lamp configuration, that are pendant- or surface-mounted within 1 foot (305 mm) edge-to-edge of each other.
Exceptions:
- Where electronic high-frequency ballasts are used.
- Luminaires on emergency circuits.
- Luminaires with no available pair in the same area.
505.4 Exit signs. (Mandatory). Internally illuminated exit signs shall not exceed 5 Watts per side.
505.5 Interior lighting power requirements. (Prescriptive). A building complies with this section if its total connected lighting power calculated under Section 505.5.1 is no greater than
the interior lighting power calculated under Section 505.5.2.
505.5.1 Total connected interior lighting power. The total connected interior lighting power (watts) shall be the sum of the watts of all interior lighting equipment as determined in
accordance with Sections 505.5.1.1 through 505.5.1.4.
Exceptions: The connected power associated with the following lighting equipment is not included in calculating total connected lighting power.
- Specialized medical, dental and research lighting.
- Professional sports arena playing field lighting.
- Display lighting for exhibits in galleries, museums and monuments.
- Sleeping unit lighting in hotels, motels, boarding houses or similar buildings.
- Emergency lighting automatically off during normal building operation.
505.5.1.1 Screw lamp holders. The wattage shall be the maximum labeled wattage of the luminaire.
505.5.1.2 Low-voltage lighting. The wattage shall be the specified wattage of the transformer supplying the system.
505.5.1.3 Other luminaires. The wattage of all other lighting equipment shall be the wattage of the lighting equipment verified through data furnished by the manufacturer or other
approved sources.
505.5.1.4 Line-voltage lighting track and plug-in busway. The wattage shall be the greater of the wattage of the luminaires determined in accordance with Sections 505.5.1.1 through
505.5.1.3 or 30 W/linear foot (98W/lin m).
505.5.2 Interior lighting power. The total interior lighting power (watts) is the sum of all interior lighting powers for all areas in the building covered in this permit. The interior
lighting power is the floor area for each building area type listed in Table 505.5.2 times the value from Table 505.5.2 for that area. For the purposes of this method, an “area” shall
be defined as all contiguous spaces that accommodate or are associated with a single building area type as listed in Table 505.5.2. When this method is used to calculate the total interior
lighting power for an entire building, each building area type shall be treated as a separate area.
505.6 Exterior lighting. (Mandatory). When the power for exterior lighting is supplied through the energy service to the building, all exterior lighting, other than low-voltage landscape
lighting, shall comply with Sections 505.6.1 and 505.6.2.
Exception: Where approved because of historical, safety, signage or emergency considerations.
505.6.1 Exterior building grounds lighting. All exterior building grounds luminaires that operate at greater than 100 watts shall contain lamps having a minimum efficacy of 60 lumens
per watt unless the luminaire is controlled by a motion sensor or qualifies for one of the exceptions under Section 505.6.2.
TABLE 505.5.2
INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCES
|
LIGHTING POWER DENSITY
|
|
Building Area Typea
|
(W/ft2)
|
|
Automotive Facility
|
0.9
|
|
Convention Center
|
1.2
|
|
Court House
|
1.2
|
|
Dining: Bar Lounge/Leisure
|
1.3
|
|
Dining: Cafeteria/Fast Food
|
1.4
|
|
Dining: Family
|
1.6
|
|
Dormitory
|
1.0
|
|
Exercise Center
|
1.0
|
|
Gymnasium
|
1.1
|
|
Healthcare-Clinic
|
1.0
|
|
Hospital
|
1.2
|
|
Hotel
|
1.0
|
|
Library
|
1.3
|
|
Manufacturing Facility
|
1.3
|
|
Motel
|
1.0
|
|
Motion Picture Theater
|
1.2
|
|
Multi-Family
|
0.7
|
|
Museum
|
1.1
|
|
Office
|
1.0
|
|
Parking Garage
|
0.3
|
|
Penitentiary
|
1.0
|
|
Performing Arts Theater
|
1.6
|
|
Police/Fire Station
|
1.0
|
|
Post Office
|
1.1
|
|
Religious Building
|
1.3
|
|
Retailb
|
1.5
|
|
School/University
|
1.2
|
|
Sports Arena
|
1.1
|
|
Town Hall
|
1.1
|
|
Transportation
|
1.0
|
|
Warehouse
|
0.8
|
|
Workshop
|
1.4
|
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 watt per square foot = W/0.0929 m 2.
- In cases where both a general building area type and a more specific building area type are listed, the more specific building area type shall apply.
- Where lighting equipment is specified to be installed to highlight specific merchandise in addition to lighting equipment specified for general lighting and is switched or dimmed on
circuits different from the circuits for general lighting, the smaller of the actual wattage of the lighting equipment installed specifically for merchandise, or 1.6 W/ft2 times the
area of the specific display but not to exceed 50% of the floor area, or 3.9 W/ft2 times the actual case or shelf area for displaying and selling jewelry, china or silver, shall be
added to the interior lighting power determined in accordance with this line item.
505.6.2 Exterior building lighting power. The total exterior lighting power allowance for all exterior building applications is the sum of the individual lighting power allowances based
on the densities permitted in Table 505.6.2 for these applications plus an additional unrestricted allowance of 5 percent of that sum. Tradeoffs are allowed only among exterior lighting
applications listed in Table 505.6.2 in the Tradable Surfaces section. Exterior lighting for all applications (except those included in the exceptions to Section 505.6.2) shall comply with the
requirements of Section 505.6.1.
Exceptions: Lighting used for the following exterior applications is exempt when equipped with a control device independent of the control of the nonexempt lighting:
- Specialized signal, directional, and marker lighting associated with transportation;
- Advertising signage or directional signage;
- Integral to equipment or instrumentation and is installed by its manufacturer;
- Theatrical purposes, including performance, stage, film production and video production;
- Athletic playing areas;
- Temporary lighting;
- Industrial production, material handling, transportation sites, and associated storage areas;
- Theme elements in theme/amusement parks; and
- Used to highlight features of public monuments and registered historic landmark structures or buildings.
TABLE 505.6.2
LIGHTING POWER DENSITIES FOR BUILDING EXTERIORS
|
APPLICATIONS
|
LIGHTING POWER DENSITIES
|
| Tradable Surfaces (Lighting Power Densities for uncovered parking areas, building grounds, building entrances and exits, canopies and overhangs, and outdoor
sales areas may be traded.) |
| Uncovered Parking Areas |
| Parking Lots and drives |
0.15 W/ft2 |
| Building Grounds |
| Walkways less than 10 feet wide |
1.0 watts/linear foot |
| Walkways 10 feet wide or greater, plaza areas and special feature areas |
0.2 W/ft2 |
| Stairways |
1.0 W/ft2 |
| Building Entrances and Exits |
| Main entries |
30 watts/linear foot of door width |
| Other doors |
20 watts/linear foot of door width |
| Canopies and Overhangs |
| Canopies (free standing & attached and overhangs) |
1.25 W/ft2 |
| Outdoor Sales |
| Open areas (including vehicle sales lots) |
0.5 W/ft2 |
| Street frontage for vehicle sales lots in addition to “open area” allowance |
20 watts/linear foot |
| Nontradable Surfaces (Lighting Power Density calculations for the following applications can be used only for the specific application and cannot be traded
between surfaces or with other exterior lighting. The following allowances are in addition to any allowance otherwise permitted in the Tradable Surfaces section of this table.) |
| Building facades |
0.2 W/ft2 for each illuminated wall or surface or 5.0 Watts/linear foot for each illuminated wall or surface length |
| Automated teller machines and night depositories |
270 watts per location plus 90 watts per additional ATM per location |
| Entrances and gatehouse inspection stations at guarded facilities |
1.25 W/ft2 of uncovered area (covered areas are included in the Canopies and Overhangs section of Tradable Surfaces) |
| Loading areas for law enforcement, fire, ambulance and other emergency service vehicles |
0.5 W/ft2 of uncovered area (covered areas are included in the Canopies and Overhangs section of Tradable Surfaces) |
| Drive-up windows at fast food restaurants |
400 watts per drive-through |
| Parking near 24-hour retail entrances |
800 watts per main entry |
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 watt per square foot = W/0.0929 m2.
505.7 Electrical energy consumption. (Mandatory). In buildings having individual dwelling units, provisions shall be made to determine the electrical energy consumed by each tenant by
separately metering individual dwelling units.
IECC 2009
SECTION 505
ELECTRICAL POWER AND LIGHTING SYSTEMS
(Mandatory)
505.1 General. (Mandatory). This section covers lighting system controls, the connection of ballasts, the maximum lighting power for interior applications and minimum
acceptable lighting equipment for exterior applications.
Exception: Lighting within dwelling units where 50 percent or more of the permanently installed interior light fixtures are fitted with high-efficacy lamps.
505.2 Lighting controls. (Mandatory). Lighting systems shall be provided with controls as required in Sections 505.2.1, 505.2.2, 505.2.3 and 505.2.4.
505.2.1 Interior lighting controls. Each area enclosed by walls or floor-to-ceiling partitions shall have at least one manual control for the lighting serving that
area. The required controls shall be located within the area served by the controls or be a remote switch that identifies the lights served and indicates their status.
Exceptions:
- Areas designated as security or emergency areas that must be continuously lighted.
- Lighting in stairways or corridors that are elements of the means of egress.
505.2.2 Additional controls. Each area that is required to have a manual control shall have additional controls that meet the requirements of Sections 505.2.2.1 and 505.2.2.2.
505.2.2.1 Light reduction controls. Each area that is required to have a manual control shall also allow the occupant to reduce the connected lighting load in a reasonably uniform
illumination pattern by at least 50 percent. Lighting reduction shall be achieved by one of the following or other approved method:
- Controlling all lamps or luminaires;
- Dual switching of alternate rows of luminaires, alternate luminaires or alternate lamps;
- Switching the middle lamp luminaires independently of the outer lamps; or
- Switching each luminaire or each lamp.
Exceptions:
- Areas that have only one luminaire.
- Areas that are controlled by an occupant-sensing device.
- Corridors, storerooms, restrooms or public lobbies.
- Sleeping unit (see Section 505.2.3).
- Spaces that use less than 0.6 watts per square foot (6.5 W/m2).
505.2.2.2 Automatic lighting shutoff. Buildings larger than 5,000 square feet (465m2) shall be equipped with an automatic control device to shut off lighting in those areas. This
automatic control device shall function on either:
- A scheduled basis, using time-of-day, with an independent program schedule that controls the interior lighting in areas that do not exceed 25,000 square feet (2323 m2) and are not more than
one floor; or
- An occupant sensor that shall turn lighting off within 30 minutes of an occupant leaving a space; or
- A signal from another control or alarm system that indicates the area is unoccupied.
Exception: The following shall not require an automatic control device:
- Sleeping unit (see Section 505.2.3).
- Lighting in spaces where patient care is directly provided.
- Spaces where an automatic shutoff would endanger occupant safety or security.
505.2.2.2.1 Occupant override. Where an automatic time switch control device is installed to comply with Section 505.2.2.2, Item 1, it shall incorporate an override switching device that:
- Is readily accessible.
- Is located so that a person using the device can see the lights or the area controlled by that switch, or so that the area being lit is annunciated.
- Is manually operated.
- Allows the lighting to remain on for no more than 2 hours when an override is initiated.
- Controls an area not exceeding 5,000 square feet (465 m2).
Exceptions:
- In malls and arcades, auditoriums, single- tenant retail spaces, industrial facilities and arenas, where captive-key override is utilized, override time shall be permitted to exceed 2
hours.
- In malls and arcades, auditoriums, single- tenant retail spaces, industrial facilities and arenas, the area controlled shall not exceed 20,000 square feet (1860 m2).
505.2.2.2.2 Holiday scheduling. If an automatic time switch control device is installed in accordance with Section 505.2.2.2, Item 1, it shall incorporate an automatic holiday
scheduling feature that turns off all loads for at least 24 hours, then resumes the normally scheduled operation.
Exception: Retail stores and associated malls, restaurants, grocery stores, places of religious worship and theaters.
505.2.2.3 Daylight zone control. Daylight zones, as defined by this code, shall be provided with individual controls that control the lights independent of general area lighting.
Contiguous daylight zones adjacent to vertical fenestration are allowed to be controlled by a single controlling device provided that they do not include zones facing more than two adjacent
cardinal orientations (i.e., north, east, south, west). Daylight zones under skylights more than 15 feet (4572 mm) from the perimeter shall be controlled separately from daylight zones adjacent
to vertical fenestration.
Exception: Daylight spaces enclosed by walls or ceiling height partitions and containing two or fewer light fixtures are not required to have a separate switch for general area lighting.
505.2.3 Sleeping unit. Sleeping units in hotels, motels, boarding houses or similar buildings shall have at least one master switch at the main entry door that controls all permanently
wired luminaires and switched receptacles, except those in the bathroom(s). Suites shall have a control meeting these requirements at the entry to each room or at the primary entry to the
suite.
505.2.4 Exterior lighting controls. Lighting not designated for dusk-to-dawn operation shall be controlled by either a combination of a photosensor and a time switch, or an astronomical
time switch. Lighting designated for dusk-to-dawn operation shall be controlled by an astronomical time switch or photosensor. All time switches shall be capable of retaining programming and the
time setting during loss of power for a period of at least 10 hours.
505.3 Tandem wiring. (Mandatory). The following luminaires located within the same area shall be tandem wired:
- Fluorescent luminaires equipped with one, three or odd-numbered lamp configurations, that are recessmounted within 10 feet (3048 mm) center-to-center of each other.
- Fluorescent luminaires equipped with one, three or any odd-numbered lamp configuration, that are pendant- or surface-mounted within 1 foot (305 mm) edge- to-edge of each other.
Exceptions:
- Where electronic high-frequency ballasts are used.
- Luminaires on emergency circuits.
- Luminaires with no available pair in the same area.
505.4 Exit signs. (Mandatory). Internally illuminated exit signs shall not exceed 5 Watts per side.
505.5 Interior lighting power requirements. (Prescriptive). A building complies with this section if its total connected lighting power calculated under Section 505.5.1 is
no greater than the interior lighting power calculated under Section 505.5.2.
-
505.5.1 Total connected interior lighting power. The total connected interior lighting power (watts) shall be the sum of the watts of all interior lighting equipment as determined in
accordance with Sections 505.5.1.1 through 505.5.1.4.
-
Exceptions:
- The connected power associated with the following lighting equipment is not included in calculating total connected lighting power.
- Professional sports arena playing field lighting.
- Sleeping unit lighting in hotels, motels, boarding houses or similar buildings.
- Emergency lighting automatically off during normal building operation.
- Lighting in spaces specifically designed for use by occupants with special lighting needs including the visually impaired visual impairment and other medical and age-related
issues.
- Lighting in interior spaces that have been specifically designated as a registered interior historic landmark.
- Casino gaming areas.
- Lighting equipment used for the following shall be exempt provided that it is in addition to general lighting and is controlled by an independent control device:
- Task lighting for medical and dental purposes.
- Display lighting for exhibits in galleries, museums and monuments.
- Lighting for theatrical purposes, including performance, stage, film production and video production.
- Lighting for photographic processes.
- Lighting integral to equipment or instrumentation and is installed by the manufacturer.
- Task lighting for plant growth or maintenance.
- Advertising signage or directional signage.
- In restaurant buildings and areas, lighting for food warming or integral to food preparation equipment.
- Lighting equipment that is for sale.
- Lighting demonstration equipment in lighting education facilities.
- Lighting approved because of safety or emergency considerations, inclusive of exit lights.
- Lighting integral to both open and glass enclosed refrigerator and freezer cases.
- Lighting in retail display windows, provided the display area is enclosed by ceiling-height partitions.
- Furniture mounted supplemental task lighting that is controlled by automatic shutoff.
505.5.1.1 Screw lamp holders. The wattage shall be the maximum labeled wattage of the luminaire.
505.5.1.2 Low-voltage lighting. The wattage shall be the specified wattage of the transformer supplying the system.
505.5.1.3 Other luminaires.The wattage of all other lighting equipment shall be the wattage of the lighting equipment verified through data furnished by the manufacturer or other
approved sources.
505.5.1.4 Line-voltage lighting track and plug-in busway. The wattage shall be:
- The specified wattage of the luminaires included in the system with a minimum of 30 W/lin ft. (98 W/lin. m);
- wattage limit of the system’s circuit breaker; or
- The wattage limit of other permanent current limiting device(s) on the system.
505.5.2 Interior lighting power. The total interior lighting power (watts) is the sum of all interior lighting powers for all areas in the building covered in this permit.
The interior lighting power is the floor area for each building area type listed in Table 505.5.2 times the value from Table 505.5.2 for that area. For the purposes of this method, an
“area” shall be defined as all contiguous spaces that accommodate or are associated with a single building area type as listed in Table 505.5.2. When this method is used to calculate
the total interior lighting power for an entire building, each building area type shall be treated as a separate area.
505.6 Exterior lighting. (Mandatory). When the power for exterior lighting is supplied through the energy service to the building, all exterior lighting, other than
low-voltage landscape lighting, shall comply with Sections 505.6.1 and 505.6.2.
Exception: Where approved because of historical, safety, signage or emergency considerations.
505.6.1 Exterior building grounds lighting. All exterior building grounds luminaires that operate at greater than 100 watts shall contain lamps having a minimum efficacy of 60 lumens
per watt unless the luminaire is controlled by a motion sensor or qualifies for one of the exceptions under Section 505.6.2.
TABLE 505.5.2
INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCES
|
LIGHTING POWER DENSITY
|
|
Building Area Typea
|
(W/ft2)
|
|
Automotive Facility
|
0.9
|
|
Convention Center
|
1.2
|
|
Court House
|
1.2
|
|
Dining: Bar Lounge/Leisure
|
1.3
|
|
Dining: Cafeteria/Fast Food
|
1.4
|
|
Dining: Family
|
1.6
|
|
Dormitory
|
1.0
|
|
Exercise Center
|
1.0
|
|
Gymnasium
|
1.1
|
|
Healthcare-Clinic
|
1.0
|
|
Hospital
|
1.2
|
|
Hotel
|
1.0
|
|
Library
|
1.3
|
|
Manufacturing Facility
|
1.3
|
|
Motel
|
1.0
|
|
Motion Picture Theater
|
1.2
|
|
Multi-Family
|
0.7
|
|
Museum
|
1.1
|
|
Office
|
1.0
|
|
Parking Garage
|
0.3
|
|
Penitentiary
|
1.0
|
|
Performing Arts Theater
|
1.6
|
|
Police/Fire Station
|
1.0
|
|
Post Office
|
1.1
|
|
Religious Building
|
1.3
|
|
Retailb
|
1.5
|
|
School/University
|
1.2
|
|
Sports Arena
|
1.1
|
|
Town Hall
|
1.1
|
|
Transportation
|
1.0
|
|
Warehouse
|
0.8
|
|
Workshop
|
1.4
|
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 watt per square foot = W/0.0929 m 2.
- In cases where both a general building area type and a more specific building area type are listed, the more specific building area type shall apply.
- Where lighting equipment is specified to be installed to highlight specific merchandise in addition to lighting equipment specified for general lighting and is switched or dimmed on
circuits different from the circuits for general lighting, the smaller of the actual wattage of the lighting equipment installed specifically for merchandise, or 1.6 W/ft2 times the
area of the specific display but not to exceed 50% of the floor area, or 3.9 W/ft2 times the actual case or shelf area for displaying and selling jewelry, china or silver, shall be
added to the interior lighting power determined in accordance with this line item.
Calculate the additional lighting power as follows:
Additional Interior Lighting Power Alliance = 1000 watts + (Retail Area 1 x 0.6W/ft2) + Retail Area 2 x 0.6W/ft2) + (Retail Area 3 x 1.4W/ft2) + Retail Area 4 x 2.5W/ft2).
Where:
Retail Area 1 = The floor area for all products not listed in Retail Area 2, 3 or 4.
Retail Area 2 = The floor area used for sale of vehicles, sporting goods and small electronics.
Retail Area 1 = The floor area used for sale of furniture, clothing, cosmetics and artwork.
Retail Area 1 = The floor area used for the sale of jewelry, crystal and china.
Exception: Other merchandise categories are permitted to be included in Retail Areas 2 through 4 above provided that justification documenting the need for additional lighting
power based on visual inspection, contrast, or other critical display is approved by the authority having jurisdiction.
505.6.2 Exterior building lighting power. The total exterior lighting power allowance for all exterior building applications is the sum of the base site allowance plus the
individual allowances for areas that are to be illuminated and are permitted in Table 505.6.2(2) for the applicable lighting zone. Tradeoffs are allowed only among exterior lighting applications
listed in Table 505.6.2(2), Tradable Surfaces section. The lighting zone for the building exterior is determined from Table 505.6.2(1) unless otherwise specified by the local jurisdiction. Exterior
lighting for all applications (except those included in the exceptions to Section 505.6.2) shall comply with the requirements of Section 505.6.1.
Exceptions: Lighting used for the following exterior applications is exempt when equipped with a control device independent of the control of the nonexempt lighting:
- Specialized signal, directional, and marker lighting associated with transportation;
- Advertising signage or directional signage;
- Integral to equipment or instrumentation and is installed by its manufacturer;
- Theatrical purposes, including performance, stage, film production and video production;
- Athletic playing areas;
- Temporary lighting;
- Industrial production, material handling, transportation sites, and associated storage areas;
- Theme elements in theme/amusement parks; and
- Used to highlight features of public monuments and registered historic landmark structures or buildings.
TABLE 505.6.2(1)
EXTERIOR LIGHTING ZONES
|
LIGHTING ZONE
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
1
|
Developed areas of national parks, state parks, forest land, and rural areas |
|
2
|
Areas predominantly consisting or residential zoning, neighborhood business districts, light industrial with limited nighttime use and residental mixed areas |
|
3
|
All other areas |
|
4
|
High-activity commercial districts in major metropolitan areas as designated by the local land use planning authority. |
505.7 Electrical energy consumption. (Mandatory). In buildings having individual dwelling units, provisions shall be made to determine the electrical
energy consumed by each tenant by separately metering individual dwelling units.
TABLE 505.6.2
LIGHTING POWER DENSITIES FOR BUILDING EXTERIORS
|
APPLICATIONS
|
LIGHTING POWER DENSITIES
|
| Tradable Surfaces (Lighting Power Densities for uncovered parking areas, building grounds, building entrances and exits, canopies and
overhangs, and outdoor sales areas may be traded.) |
| Uncovered Parking Areas |
| Parking Lots and drives |
0.15 W/ft2 |
| Building Grounds |
| Walkways less than 10 feet wide |
1.0 watts/linear foot |
| Walkways 10 feet wide or greater, plaza areas and special feature areas |
0.2 W/ft2 |
| Stairways |
1.0 W/ft2 |
| Building Entrances and Exits |
| Main entries |
30 watts/linear foot of door width |
| Other doors |
20 watts/linear foot of door width |
| Canopies and Overhangs |
| Canopies (free standing & attached and overhangs) |
1.25 W/ft2 |
| Outdoor Sales |
| Open areas (including vehicle sales lots) |
0.5 W/ft2 |
| Street frontage for vehicle sales lots in addition to “open area” allowance |
20 watts/linear foot |
| Nontradable Surfaces (Lighting Power Density calculations for the following applications can be used only for the specific application and
cannot be traded between surfaces or with other exterior lighting. The following allowances are in addition to any allowance otherwise permitted in the Tradable Surfaces section of this
table.) |
| Building facades |
0.2 W/ft2 for each illuminated wall or surface or 5.0 Watts/linear foot for each illuminated wall or surface length |
| Automated teller machines and night depositories |
270 watts per location plus 90 watts per additional ATM per location |
| Entrances and gatehouse inspection stations at guarded facilities |
1.25 W/ft2 of uncovered area (covered areas are included in the Canopies and Overhangs section of Tradable Surfaces) |
| Loading areas for law enforcement, fire, ambulance and other emergency service vehicles |
0.5 W/ft2 of uncovered area (covered areas are included in the Canopies and Overhangs section of Tradable Surfaces) |
| Drive-up windows at fast food restaurants |
400 watts per drive-through |
| Parking near 24-hour retail entrances |
800 watts per main entry |
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 watt per square foot = W/0.0929 m2.
TABLE 505.6.2(2)
INDIVIDUAL LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCES FOR BUILDING EXTERIORS
| |
|
Zone 1
|
Zone 2
|
Zone 1
|
Zone 1
|
Base Site Allowance
(Base allowance may
be used in tradable or
nontradable surfaces) |
|
500 W
|
600 W
|
750 W
|
1300 W
|
Tradable Surfaces
(Lighting power
densities for
uncovered parking
areas, building
grounds, building
entrances and exits,
canopies and
overhangs and outdoor
sales areas may be
traded) |
Uncovered Parking Areas
|
|
Parking areas
and drives
|
0.04 W/ft2
|
0.06 W/ft2
|
0.10 W/ft2
|
0.13 W/ft2
|
|
Building Grounds
|
Walkways less
than 10 feet wide |
0.7 W/linear foot
|
0.7 W/linear foot
|
0.8 W/linear foot
|
1.0 W/linear foot
|
|
Walkways 10
feet wide or
greater, plaza
areas special
feature areas
|
0.14 W/ft2
|
0.14 W/ft2
|
0.16 W/ft2
|
0.2 W/ft2
|
|
Stairways
|
0.75 W/ft2 |
1.0 W/ft2
|
1.0 W/ft2
|
1.0 W/ft2
|
|
Pedestrian
tunnels
|
0.15 W/ft2
|
0.15 W/ft2
|
0.2 W/ft2
|
0.3 W/ft2
|
|
Building Entrances and Exits
|
|
Main entries
|
20 W/ Linear foot
of door widthZone
|
20 W/ Linear foot
of door widthZone
|
30 W/ Linear foot
of door widthZone
|
30 W/ Linear foot of
door width |
| Other Doors |
20 W/ Linear foot
of door width
|
20 W/ Linear foot
of door width
|
20 W/ Linear foot
of door width
|
Z20 W/ Linear foot of
door widthone
|
| Entry Canopies |
0.25 W/ft2
|
0.25 W/ft2
|
0.4 W/ft2
|
0.4 W/ft2
|
| Sales Canopies |
Free-standing
and attached |
0.6 W/ft2
|
0.6 W/ft2
|
0.8 W/ft2
|
1.0 W/ft2
|
|
Outdoor Sales
|
|
Open areas
(including vehicle
sales lots)
|
0.25 W/ft2
|
0.25 W/ft2
|
0.5 W/ft2
|
0.7 W/ft2
|
|
Street frontage for
vehicle sales lots in
addition to “open
area” allowance
|
No allowance |
10 W/linear foot
|
10 W/linear foot
|
30 W/linear foot
|
Nontradable surfaces
(Lighting power
density calculations
for the following
applications can be
used only for the
specific application
and cannot be traded
between surfaces or
with other exterior
lighting. The
following allowances
are in addition to any
allowance otherwise
permitted in the
“Tradable Surfaces”
section of this table.) |
Building facades
|
No allowance
|
0.1 W/ft2 for each
illuminated wall or
surface or 2.5
W/linear foot for
each illuminated
wall or surface
length
|
0.15 W/ft2 for each
illuminated wall or
surface or 3.75
W/linear foot for
each illuminated
wall or surface
length
|
0.2 W/ft2 for each
illuminated wall or
surface or 5.0
W/linear foot for
each illuminated
wall or surface
length
|
Automated teller
machines and night
depositories |
270 W per
location plus
90 W per
additional
ATM per
location |
270 W per
location plus 90 W
per additional
ATM per location |
270 W per
location plus 90 W
per additional
ATM per location |
270 W per location
plus 90 W per
additional ATM per
location |
Entrances and
gatehouse
inspection stations
at guarded facilities |
0.75 W/ft2 of
covered and
uncovered area |
0.75 W/ft2 of
covered and
uncovered area |
0.75 W/ft2 of
covered and
uncovered area |
0.75 W/ft2of
covered and
uncovered area |
Loading areas for
law enforcement,
fire, ambulance and
other emergency
service vehicles |
0.5 W/ft2 of
covered and
uncovered area |
0.5 W/ft2 of
covered and
uncovered area |
0.5 W/ft2 of
covered and
uncovered area |
0.5 W/ft2 of covered
and uncovered area |
Drive-up
windows/doors |
400 W per
drive-through |
400 W per drivethrough |
400 W per drivethrough |
400 W per drivethrough |
Parking near 24-
hour retail entrances |
800 W per
main area |
800 W per main
area |
800 W per main
area |
800 W per main area |
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 watt per square foot = W/0.0929 m2.
2010 OREGON ENERGY EFFICIENCY SPECIALTY CODE
SECTION 505 ELECTRICAL POWER AND LIGHTING SYSTEMS (Mandatory)
505.1 General (Mandatory)
505.2 Lighting controls (Mandatory)
505.3 Tandem wiring (Mandatory)
505.4 Exit signs (Mandatory)
505.5 Interior lighting power requirements (Prescriptive)
TABLE 505.5.2(a) INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCES
TABLE 505.5.2(b) SPACE-BY-SPACE METHOD MAXIMUM
505.6 Exterior lighting. (Mandatory)
TABLE 505.6.2(1) EXTERIOR LIGHTING ZONE
505.7 Electrical energy consumption. (Mandatory)
TABLE 505.6.2(2) INDIVIDUAL LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCES FOR BUILDING EXTERIORS
505.1 General (Mandatory) This section covers lighting system controls, the connection of ballasts, the maximum lighting power for interior applications and minimum
acceptable lighting equipment for exterior applications.Exception: Lighting within dwelling units where 50 percent or more of the permanently installed interior light fixtures are fitted with
high-efficacy lamps.
505.2 Lighting controls (Mandatory)Lighting systems shall be provided with controls as required in Sections 505.2.1, 505.2.2, 505.2.3 and 505.2.4.
505.2.1 Interior lighting controls. At least one local shutoff lighting control shall be provided for every 2,000 square feet (185.8 m2) of lit floor area and
each area enclosed by walls or floor-to-ceiling partitions. The required controls shall be located within the area served by the controls or be a remote switch that identifies the lights served and
indicates their status.
Exceptions:
- Lighting systems serving areas designated as security or emergency areas that must be continuously lighted.
- Lighting in public areas such as concourses, stairways or corridors that are elements of the means of egress with switches that are accessible only to authorized personnel.
- Lighting for warehouses, parking garages or spaces using less than 0.5 watts per square foot (5.4 W/m2).
- Lighting for contiguous, single-tenant retail spaces.
505.2.1.1 Egress lighting. Egress illumination shall be controlled by a combination of listed emergency relay and occupancy sensors to shut off during periods
that the building space served by the means of egress is unoccupied.
Exception: Building exits as defined in Section 1002 of the Building Code.
505.2.2 Additional controls. Each area that is required to have a manual control shall have additional controls that meet the requirements of Sections 505.2.2.1
and 505.2.2.2.
505.2.2.1 Light reduction controls. Each area that is required to have a manual control shall also allow the occupant to reduce the connected lighting load in a
reasonably uniform illumination pattern by at least 50 percent. Lighting reduction shall be achieved by one of the following or other approved method:
- Controlling all lamps or luminaires (dimming or multi-level switching);
- Dual switching of alternate rows of luminaires, alternate luminaires or alternate lamps;
- >
- Switching the middle lamp luminaires independently of the outer lamps; or
- Switching each luminaire or each lamp.
Exceptions:
- Areas that have only one luminaire.
- Areas that are controlled by an occupant-sensing device.
- Corridors, storerooms, restrooms or public lobbies.
- Sleeping unit (see Section 505.2.3).
- Spaces that use less than 0.6 watts per square foot (6.5 W/m2).
- Electrical and mechanical rooms.
505.2.2.2 Automatic lighting shutoff. Buildings larger than 2,000 square feet (186m2) shall be equipped with an automatic control device to shut off lighting in
those areas. This automatic control device shall function on either:
- A scheduled basis, using time-of-day, with an independent program schedule that controls the interior lighting in areas that do not exceed 10,000 square feet (929 m2) and are not more than
one floor; or
- An occupant sensor that shall turn lighting off within 30 minutes of an occupant leaving a space; or3. A signal from another control or alarm system that indicates the area is unoccupied.
Occupancy sensors in rooms that include daylight zones are required to have Manual ON activation, An occupant sensor control device shall be installed that automatically turns lighting off within
30 minutes of all occupants leaving a space, except spaces with multi-scene control, in:
- Classrooms and lecture halls
- Conference, meeting and training rooms.
- Employee lunch and break rooms.
- Rooms used for document copying and printing.
- Office spaces up to 300 square feet (29 m2).
- Restrooms.
- Dressing, fitting and locker rooms. An occupant sensor control device that automatically turns lighting off within 30 minutes of all occupants leaving a space or a locally activated switch
that automatically turns lighting off within 30 minutes of being activated shall be installed in all storage and supply rooms up to 1000 square feet (93 m2).
Exception: The following shall not require an automatic control device:
- Sleeping unit (see Section 505.2.3)
- Lighting in spaces where patient care is directly provided.
- Spaces where an automatic shutoff would endanger occupant safety or security.
505.2.2.2.1 Occupant override. Where an automatic time switch control device is installed to comply with Section 505.2.2.2, Item 1, it shall incorporate an
override switching device that:
- Is readily accessible.
- Is located so that a person using the device can see the lights or the area controlled by that switch, or so that the area being lit is annunciated.
- Is manually operated.
- Allows the lighting to remain on for no more than 2 hours when an override is initiated.
- Controls an area not exceeding 2,000 square feet (185.8 m2).
Exceptions:
- In malls and arcades, auditoriums, single-tenant retail spaces, industrial facilities and arenas, where captive-key override is utilized, override time shall be permitted to exceed 2
hours.
- In malls and arcades, auditoriums, single-tenant retail spaces, industrial facilities and arenas, the area controlled shall not exceed 20,000 square feet (1860 m2).
505.2.2.2.2 Holiday scheduling. If an automatic time switch control device is installed in accordance with Section 505.2.2.2, Item 1, it shall incorporate an
automatic holiday scheduling feature that turns off all loads for at least 24 hours, then resumes the normally scheduled operation.
Exceptions:
- Retail stores and associated malls, restaurants, grocery stores, places of religious worship, theaters and exterior lighting zones.
- Single zone electronic time control devices and self-contained wall box preset lighting controls.
505.2.2.3 Daylight zone control. All daylight zones, as defined by this code, shall be provided with individual controls that control the lights independent of general area
lighting in the non-daylight zone. In all individual daylight zones larger than 350 square feet (33 m2), automatic daylight controls shall be provided. Automatic daylight sensing controls shall
reduce the light output of the controlled luminaires within the daylighted area by at least 50 percent, and provide an automatic OFF control, while maintaining a uniform level of illumination.
Contiguous daylight zones adjacent to vertical fenestration are allowed to be controlled by a single controlling device provided that they do not include zones facing more than two adjacent
cardinal orientations (i.e., north, east, south, west). Daylight zones under skylights shall be controlled separately from daylight zones adjacent to vertical fenestration.
Exceptions:
- Retail spaces adjacent to vertical glazing (retail spaces under overhead glazing are not exempt).
- Display, exhibition and specialty lighting.
- HID lamps 150 watts or less.
- Spaces required to have occupancy sensors.
505.2.3 Sleeping unit controls. Sleeping units in hotels, motels, boarding houses or similar buildings shall have at least one master switch at the main entry
door that controls all permanently wired luminaires and switched receptacles, except those in the bathroom(s). Suites shall have a control meeting these requirements at the entry to each room
or at the primary entry to the suite.
505.2.4 Exterior lighting controls. Lighting not designated for dusk-to-dawn operation shall be controlled by either a combination of a photosensor and a time
switch, or an astronomical time switch. Lighting designated for dusk-to-dawn operation shall be controlled by an astronomical time switch or photosensor. All time switches shall retain
programming and the time setting during loss of power for a period of at least 10 hours. Lighting designated to operate more than 2000 hours per year for uncovered parking areas shall be
equipped with motion sensors that will reduce the luminaire power by 33 percent or turn off one-third the luminaires when no activity is detected.
505.3 Tandem wiring (Mandatory) The following luminaires located within the same area shall be tandem wired:
- Fluorescent luminaires equipped with one, three or odd-numbered lamp configurations, that are recessmounted within 10 feet (3048 mm) center-to-center of each other.
- Fluorescent luminaires equipped with one, three or any odd-numbered lamp configuration, that are pendant- or surface-mounted within 1 foot (305 mm) edge-to-edge of each other.
Exceptions:
- Where electronic high-frequency ballasts are used.
- Luminaires on emergency circuits.
- Luminaires with no available pair in the same area.
505.4 Exit signs (Mandatory) Internally illuminated exit signs shall not exceed 5 watts per side.
505.5 Interior lighting power requirements (Prescriptive) A building complies with this section if its total connected lighting power calculated under Section
505.5.1 is no greater than the interior lighting power calculated under Section 505.5.2 or 505.5.2.1.
505.5.1 Total connected interior lighting power. The total connected interior lighting power (watts) shall be the sum of the watts of all interior lighting
equipment as determined in accordance with Sections 505.5.1.1 through 505.5.1.4.
Exceptions:
- The connected power associated with the following lighting equipment is not included in calculating total connected lighting power. 1.1. Sleeping unit lighting in hotels, motels, boarding
houses or similar buildings. 1.2. Emergency lighting automatically off during normal building operation. 1.3. Lighting in spaces specifically designed for use by occupants with special
lighting needs including the visually impaired visual impairment and other medical and age-related issues. 1.4. Lighting in interior spaces that have been specifically designated as a
registered interior historic landmark. 1.5 Casino gaming areas.
- Lighting equipment used for the following shall be exempt provided that it is in addition to general lighting and is controlled by an independent control device: 2.1. Task lighting for
medical and dental purposes. 2.2. Display lighting for exhibits in galleries, museums and monuments.
- Lighting for theatrical purposes, including performance, stage, film production and video production.
- Lighting for photographic processes.
- Lighting integral to equipment or instrumentation and is installed by the manufacturer.
- Task lighting for plant growth or maintenance.
- Advertising signage or directional signage.
- In restaurant buildings and areas, lighting for food warming or integral to food preparation equipment.
- Lighting equipment that is for sale.
- Lighting demonstration equipment in lighting education facilities.
- Lighting integral to both open and glass-enclosed refrigerator and freezer cases.
- Lighting in retail display windows, provided the display area is enclosed by ceiling-height partitions.
- . Furniture mounted supplemental task lighting that is controlled by automatic shutoff.
505.5.1.1 Screw lamp holders. The wattage shall be the maximum labeled wattage of the luminaire.
505.5.1.2 Low-voltage lighting. The wattage shall be the specified wattage of the transformer supplying the system.
505.5.1.3 Other luminaires. The wattage of all other lighting equipment shall be the wattage of the lighting equipment verified through data furnished by the
manufacturer or other approved sources.
505.5.1.4 Line-voltage lighting track and plug-in busway. The wattage shall be:
- The specified wattage of the luminaires included in the system with a minimum of 50W/lin ft. (98 W/lin. m);
- The wattage limit of the system’s circuit breaker; or
- The wattage limit of other permanent current limiting device(s) on the system.
505.5.2 Interior lighting power method. The total interior lighting power (watts) is the sum of all interior lighting powers for all areas in the building
covered in this permit. The interior lighting power is the floor area for each building area type listed in Table 505.5.2(a) times the value from Table 505.5.2(a) for that area. For the
purposes of this method, an “area” shall be defined as all contiguous spaces that accommodate or are associated with a single building area type as listed in Table 505.5.2(a). When
this method is used to calculate the total interior lighting power for an entire building, each building area type shall be treated as a separate area.
505.5.2.1 Space-by-space method. The total interior connected lighting power shall not exceed the maximum power allowance calculated by multiplying the
lighting power density from Table 505.5.2(b) for each space by the floor area of that space. Parking garages and exterior canopies shall be treated separately from the building for the purposes
of calculating interior connected lighting power.
505.5.2.1.1 Additional lighting power for retail displays. For lighting equipment installed in retail sales area that is specifically designed and directed to
highlight merchandise, one of the following may apply: 1. 0.6 watts per square foot of sales floor area not listed in 2 or 3 below; or 2. 1.4 watts per square foot of furniture, clothing,
cosmetics or artwork floor area; or 3. 2.5 watts per square foot of jewelry, crystal; or china floor area.
The specified floor area for 1, 2, and 3 above, and the adjoining circulation paths shall be identified and specified on building plans. Calculate the additional power allowance by
multiplying the above LPDs by the sales floor area for each department excluding major circulation paths. The total additional lighting power allowance is the sum of allowances sales
categories, 1, 2, or 3. This additional lighting power shall only be used for retail display lighting in the applicable space, and shall not be used to increase lighting power allowance with
other spaces or general lighting system within the space and shall be controlled separately from the space general lighting system.
TABLE 505.5.2(a) INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCES
|
LIGHTING POWER DENSITY
|
|
Building Area Typea
|
(W/ft2)
|
| Automotive Facility |
0.79 |
| Convention Center |
1.16 |
| Court House |
1.08 |
| Dining: Bar Lounge/Leisure |
1.19 |
| Dining: Cafeteria/Fast Food |
1.34 |
| Dining: Family |
1.5 |
| Dormitory |
1.0 |
| Exercise Center |
0.92 |
| Gymnasium |
1.07 |
| Healthcare—clinic |
0.89 |
| Hospital |
1.08 |
| Hotel |
1.0 |
| Library |
1.17 |
| Manufacturing Facility |
1.24 |
| Motel |
1.0 |
| Motion Picture Theater |
1.18 |
| Multifamily |
0.58 |
| Museum |
1.04 |
| Office |
0.91 |
| Parking Garage |
0.26 |
| Penitentiary |
1.0 |
| Performing Arts Theater |
1.46 |
| Police |
0.89 |
| Fire Station |
0.74 |
| Post Office |
0.98 |
| Religious Building |
1.18 |
| Retailb |
1.32 |
| School/University |
1.01 |
| Sports Arena |
1.03 |
| Town Hall |
0.94 |
| Transportation |
0.85 |
| Warehouse |
0.73 |
| Workshop |
1.2 |
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 watt per square foot = W/0.0929 m2.
TABLE 505.5.2(b) SPACE-BY-SPACE METHOD MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE LIGHTING POWER DENSITY (LPD)
|
COMMON SPACE TYPES LPD
|
(W/ft2)1
|
| Office-enclosed2 |
0.97 |
| Office-open plan2 |
0.93 |
| Conference/Meeting/Multipurpose3 |
1.11 |
| Classroom/Lecture/Training |
1.23 |
| Lobby |
1.28 |
| For Hotel |
1.1 |
| For Performing Arts Theater |
3.24 |
| For Motion Picture Theater |
1.01 |
| Audience/Seating Area |
0.84 |
| For Gymnasium |
0.4 |
| For Exercise Center |
0.27 |
| For Convention Center |
0.7 |
| For Religious Buildings |
1.60 |
| For Sports Complex |
0.4 |
| For Performing Arts Theater |
2.52 |
| For Motion Picture Theater |
1.11 |
| For Transportation |
0.46 |
| Atrium-first three floors |
0.6 |
| Atrium-each additional floors |
0.16 |
| Lounge/Recreation |
1.16 |
| For Hospital |
0.71 |
| Dining Area2 — |
|
| For Hotel/Motel |
1.23 |
| For Bar Lounge/Leisure Dining |
1.4 |
| For Family Dining |
2.1 |
| Food Preparation |
1.07 |
| Laboratory |
1.4 |
| Restrooms |
0.82 |
| Dressing/Locker Room |
0.52 |
| Corridor/Transition |
0.41 |
| For Hospital |
0.94 |
| For Manufacturing Facility |
0.41 |
| Stairs-active |
0.49 |
| Active Storage |
0.66 |
| For Hospitals |
0.79 |
| Inactive Storage |
0.26 |
| For Museum |
0.66 |
| Electrical/Mechanical |
1.24 |
| Workshop4 |
1.64 |
| BUILDING SPECIFIC SPACE TYPES |
|
| Courthouse/Police Station — |
|
| Courtroom |
1.78 |
| Judges Chambers |
1.18 |
| Gymnasium/Exercise Center — |
|
| Playing Area |
1.35 |
| Exercise Area |
0.76 |
| Fire Stations — |
|
| Fire Station Engine Room |
0.64 |
| Sleeping Quarters |
0.27 |
| Post Office - Sorting Area |
1.01 |
| Convention Center - Exhibit Space3 |
1.09 |
| Library2 — |
|
| Card File and Cataloging |
0.96 |
| Stacks |
1.47 |
| Reading Area |
1.07 |
| Hospital — |
|
| Emergency |
2.34 |
| Recovery |
0.74 |
| Nurse Station |
0.85 |
| Exam/Treatment Room |
1.26 |
| Pharmacy |
0.99 |
| Patient Room |
0.59 |
| Operating Room |
1.92 |
| Nursery |
0.48 |
| Medical Supply |
1.23 |
| Physical Therapy |
0.80 |
| Radiology |
0.35 |
| Laundry-Washing |
0.52 |
| Automotive - Service/Repair |
0.63 |
| Museum — |
|
| General Exhibition |
1.0 |
| Restoration |
1.58 |
| Bank/Office - Banking Activity Area |
1.31 |
| Religious Buildings — |
|
| Worship-pulpit, choir |
2.29 |
| Fellowship Hall |
0.81 |
| Retail |
1.5 |
| Mall Concourse |
1.5 |
| Fitting Room |
1.06 |
| Sports Arena Complex — |
|
| Ring Sports Area |
2.7 |
| Court Sports Area |
2.0 |
| Indoor Playing Field Area |
1.35 |
| Warehouse — |
|
| Fine Material Storage |
1.24 |
| Parking Garage - Garage Area |
0.2 |
| Transportation — |
|
| Airport - Concourse |
0.57 |
| Air/Train/Bus - Baggage Area |
0.89 |
| Terminal - Ticket Counter |
1.31 |
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 square foot = 0.929 m2, W/m2=W/ft2 -10.764
- The watts per square foot may be increased by 2 percent per foot of ceiling height above 20 feet unless specified differently by another footnote.
- The watts per square foot of room may be increased by 2 percent per foot of ceiling height above 9 feet.
- Hotel banquet room, conference rooms, or exhibit hall watt per square foot of room may be increased by 2 percent per foot of ceiling height above 12 feet.
- Spaces used specifically for manufacturing are exempt.
505.6 Exterior lighting.(Mandatory) When the power for exterior lighting is supplied through the energy service to the building, all exterior lighting, other
than low-voltage landscape lighting, shall comply with Sections 505.6.1 and 505.6.2.
Exception: Where approved because of historical, safety, signage or emergency considerations.
505.6.1 Exterior building grounds lighting. No incandescent or mercury vapor lighting sources shall be used for exterior building lighting.
Exceptions:
- Incandescent lighting used in or around swimming pools, water features, or other locations subject to the requirements of Article 680 of the Electrical Code.
- Incandescent luminaires controlled by motion sensors with total power less than 150 watts.
505.6.2 Exterior building lighting power. The total exte-rior lighting power allowance for all exterior building applications is the sum of the base site
allowance plus the individual allowances for areas that are to be illuminated and are permitted in Table 505.6.2(2) for the applicable lighting zone. Tradeoffs are allowed only among exterior
lighting applications listed in Table 505.6.2(2), Tradable Surfaces section. The lighting zone for the building exterior is determined from Table 505.6.2(1) unless otherwise specified by the
local jurisdiction. Exterior lighting for all applications (except those included in the exceptions to Section 505.6.2) shall comply with the requirements of Section 505.6.1.
Exceptions: Lighting used for the following exterior applications is exempt when equipped with a control device independent of the control of the nonexempt
lighting:
- Specialized signal, directional and marker lighting associated with transportation;
- Advertising signage or directional signage;
- Integral to equipment or instrumentation and is installed by its manufacturer;
- Theatrical purposes, including performance, stage, film production and video production;
- Athletic playing areas;
- Temporary lighting;
- Industrial production, material handling, transportation sites and associated storage areas;
- Theme elements in theme/amusement parks; and
- Used to highlight features of public monuments and registered historic landmark structures or buildings.
TABLE 505.6.2(1) EXTERIOR LIGHTING ZONES
| LIGHTING ZONE |
DESCRIPTION |
| 1 |
Developed areas of national parks, state parks, forest land, and rural areas |
| 2 |
Areas predominantly consisting of residential zoning, neighborhood business districts, light industrial with limited nighttime use and residential mixed
use areas |
| 3 |
All other areas |
| 4 |
High-activity commercial districts in major metropolitan areas as designated by the local land use planning authority |
505.7 Electrical energy consumption. (Mandatory) In buildings having individual dwelling units, provisions shall be made to determine the electrical energy
consumed by each tenant by separately metering individual dwelling units.
TABLE 505.6.2(2)
INDIVIDUAL LIGHTING POWER ALLOWNACES FOR BUILDING EXTERIORS
|
|
Zone1 |
Zone2 |
Zone3 |
Zone4 |
| Base Site Allowance (Base allowance may be used in tradable or nontradable surfaces.) |
|
500 W |
600 W |
750 W |
1300 W |
| Tradable Surfaces (Lighting power densities for uncovered parking areas, building entrances and exists, canopies and overhangs and outdoor
sales areas may be traded.) |
Uncovered Parking Areas |
| Parking areas and drives |
0.04 W/ft2 |
0.06 W/ft2 |
0.10 W/ft2 |
0.13 W/ft2 |
| Building Grounds |
| Walkways less than 10 feet wide |
0.7 W/linear foot |
0.7 W/linear foot |
0.8 W/linear foot |
1.0 W/linear foot |
| Walkways 10 feet wide or greater , plaza areas special feature areas |
0.14 W/ft2 |
0.14 W/ft2 |
0.16 W/ft2 |
0.2 W/ft2 |
| Stairways |
0.75 W/ft2 |
1.0 W/ft2 |
1.0 W/ft2 |
1.0 W/ft2 |
| Pedestrian tunnels |
0.15 W/ft2 |
0.15 W/ft2 |
0.2 W/ft2 |
0.3 W/ft2 |
| Building Entrances and Exits |
| Main entries |
20 W/linear foot of door width |
20 W/linear foot of door width |
30 W/linear foot of door width |
30 W/linear foot of door width |
| Other doors |
20 W/linear foot of door width |
20 W/linear foot of door width |
20 W/linear foot of door width |
20 W/linear foot of door width |
| Entry canopies |
0.25 W/ft2 |
0.25 W/ft2 |
0.4 W/ft2 |
0.4 W/ft2 |
| Sales Canopies |
| Free-Standing and attached |
0.6 W/ft2 |
0.6 W/ft2 |
0.8 W/ft2 |
1.0 W/ft2 |
| Outdoor Sales |
| Open areas (including vehicle sales lots) |
0.25 W/ft2 |
0.25 W/ft2 |
0.5 W/ft2 |
0.7 W/ft2 |
| Street frontage for vehicle sales lots in addition to "open area" allowance |
No allowance |
10 W/linear foot |
10 W/linear foot |
30 W/linear foot |
| Nontradable Surfaces (Lighting power denisty calculations for the following applications can be used only for the specific application and
cannot be traded between surfaces or with other exterior lighting. The following allowance are in addition to any allowance otherwise permitted in the "Tradable Surfaces" section of this
table.) |
Building facades |
No allowance |
0.1 W/ft2 for each illuminated wall or surface or 2.5 W/linear foot for each illuminated wall or surface length |
0.1 5 W/ft2 for each illuminated wall or surface or 3.75 W/linear foot for each illuminated wall or surface length |
0.2 W/ft2 for each illuminated wall or surface or 5.0 W/linear foot for each illuminated wall or surface length |
| Automated teller machines and night depositories |
270 W per location plus 90 W per additional ATM per location |
270 W per location plus 90 W per additional ATM per location |
270 W per location plus 90 W per additional ATM per location |
270 W per location plus 90 W per additional ATM per location |
| Entraces and gatehouse inspection stations at guarded facilities |
0.75 W/ft2 of covered and uncovered area |
0.75 W/ft2 of covered and uncovered area |
0.75 W/ft2 of covered and uncovered area |
0.75 W/ft2 of covered and uncovered area |
| Loading areas for law enforcement , fire , ambulance and other emergency service vehicles |
0.5 W/ft2 of covered and uncovered area |
0.5 W/ft2 of covered and uncovered area |
0.5 W/ft2 of covered and uncovered area |
0.5 W/ft2 of covered and uncovered area |
| Drive-up windows/doors |
400 W per drive-through |
400 W per drive-through |
400 W per drive-through |
400 W per drive-through |
| Parking near 24-hour retail entrances |
800 W per main entry |
800 W per main entry |
800 W per main entry |
800 W per main entry |
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8mm, 1 watt per square foot=W/0.0929m2
Title24 2008
| |
|
|
| |
Outdoor Lighting Zones
Mandatory Requirements for Lighting Controls
Lighting Controls and Equipment
Indoor Lighting Controls That Shall Be Installed
Multi-Level Lighting Controls
Daylight area
Shut-Off Controls
Outdoor Lighting Controls & Equipment
Controls for Outdoor Lighting
Sign Lighting Controls
Required NonResidential Lighting Control Acceptance
Energy Budgets/Lighting Density
Performance Approach
Prescriptive Approach
Prescriptive Requirements For Service Water Heating Systems
Prescriptive Requirements for Indoor Lighting
Table 146-A Well Efficiency For Non-Specular or Non-Tubular Light Wells
Table 146-B Well Efficiency For Specular Tubular Light Wells
Table 146-C Lighting Power Adjustment Factors
Table 146-D Relative System Efficiency (RSE) For Dimmable Electronic Ballasts
Table 146-E Complete Building Method Lighting Power Density Values
Table 146-F Illuminance Categories
Requirements for Outdoor Lighting
Requirements for Signs
SECTION 10-114 – DETERMINATION OF OUTDOOR LIGHTING ZONES, LOCAL OUTDOOR LIGHTING ORDINANCES, AND ADMINISTRATIVE RULES FOR USE
This section establishes rules for implementing outdoor lighting zones, and rules for adopting specific outdoor light levels, to show compliance with Section 147 of Title 24, California Code
of Regulations, Part 6.
| (a) |
Lighting Zones. Exterior lighting allowances in California vary by Lighting Zones (LZ). |
| (b) |
Lighting Zone Characteristics. TABLE 10-114-A specifies the relative ambient illumination level and the statewide default location for each
llighting zone. |
| (c) |
Amending the Lighting Zone Designation. A local jurisdiction may officially adopt changes to the lighting zone designation of an area by
following a public process that allows for formal public notification, review, and comment about the proposed change. The local jurisdiction may determine areas where Lighting
Zone 4 is applicable and may increase or decrease the lighting zones for areas that are in State Default Lighting Zones 1, 2 and 3, as specified in TABLE 10-114-A |
| (d) |
Commission Notification, Amended Outdoor Lighting Zone Designation. Local jurisdictions who adopt changes to the State Default Lighting
Zones shall notify the Commission by providing the following materials to the Executive Director
- A detailed specification of the boundaries of the adopted Lighting Zones, consisting of the county name, the city name if any, the zip code(s) of the redesignated areas, and
a description of the physical boundaries within each zip code.
- A description of the public process that was conducted in adopting the Lighting Zone changes.
- An explanation of how the adopted Lighting Zone changes are consistent with the specifications of Section 10- 114.
The Commission shall have the authority to not allow Lighting Zone changes which the Commission finds to be inconsistent with the specifications of Section
10-114.
|
| (e) |
Amending Local Outdoor Ordinances. A local jurisdiction may officially adopt specific outdoor light levels, which shall be expressed as average or minimum
footcandle levels, by following a public process that allows for formal public notification, review, and comment about the proposed change |
| (f) |
Commission Notification, Local Outdoor Lighting Ordinances. Local jurisdictions who adopt specific outdoor light levels shall notify the Commission by providing the
following materials to the Executive Director:
- A detailed description of the adopted specific light levels, consisting of the minimum or average light levels adopted, the applications where these light levels apply, and the
county name, city name if any, and zip code(s) of all areas covered by the local ordinance.
- A description of the public process that was conducted in adopting the specific light levels.
|
| TABLE 10-114-A LIGHTING ZONE CHARACTERISTICS AND RULES FOR AMENDMENTS BY LOCAL JURISDICTIONS |
| Zone |
Ambient Illumination |
State wide Default Location |
Moving Up to Higher Zones |
Moving Down to Lower Zones |
| LZ1 |
Dark |
Government designated parks, recreation areas, and wildlife preserves. Those that are wholly contained within a higher lighting zone may be considered by the local government as
part of that lighting zone. |
A government designated park, recreation area, wildlife preserve, or portions thereof, can be designated as LZ2 or LZ3 if they are contained within such a zone. |
Not applicable. |
| LZ2 |
Low |
Rural areas, as defined by the 2000 U.S. Census. |
Special districts within a default LZ2 zone may be designated as LZ3 or LZ4 by a local jurisdiction. Examples include special commercial districts or areas with special security
considerations located within a rural area. |
Special districts and government designated parks within a default LZ2 zone maybe designated as LZ1 by the local jurisdiction for lower illumination standards, without any size
limits. |
| LZ3 |
Medium |
Urban areas, as defined by the 2000 U.S. Census. |
Special districts within a default LZ3 may be designated as a LZ4 by local jurisdiction for high intensity nighttime use, such as entertainment or commercial districts or areas
with special security considerations requiring very high light levels. |
Special districts and government designated parks within a default LZ3 zone may be designated as LZ1 or LZ2 by the local jurisdiction, without any size limits. |
| LZ4 |
High |
None. |
Not applicable. |
Not applicable. |
|
| TABLE 100-A APPLICATION OF STANDARDS |
| Occupancies |
Application |
Mandatory |
Prescriptive |
Performance |
Additions/Alterations |
| eneral Provisions |
|
100, 101, 102, 110, 111 |
| Nonresidential, High-Rise Residential, And Hotels/Motels |
General |
140 |
142 |
14 |
149 |
| Envelope (conditioned) |
116, 117, 118 |
143 |
| Envelope (unconditioned, process spaces) |
|
143 (c) |
| HVAC (conditioned) |
112, 115, 120-125 |
144 |
| Water Heating( conditioned) |
113, 123 |
145 |
| Indoor Lighting (conditioned, process spaces) |
119, 130, 131, 134 |
143 (c), 146 |
| Indoor Lighting (unconditioned) |
119, 130, 131, 134 |
143 (c), 146 |
N.A. |
| Outdoor Lighting |
119, 130, 132, 134 |
147 |
| Refrigerated Warehouse |
Envelope and HVAC |
126 |
N.A. |
| Signs |
Indoor and Outdoor |
130, 133 |
148 |
| Low-RiseResitential |
General |
150 |
151(a, f) |
151 (a-e) |
152 |
| Envelope (conditioned) |
116, 117, 118, 150(a-g, l) |
| HVAC (conditioned) |
112, 115, 150(h, i, m, o) |
| Water Heating (conditioned) |
113, 150(j, n) |
| Indoor Lighting (conditioned, unconditioned and parking garages) |
119, 150(k) |
| Outdoor Lighting |
119, 150(k) |
| Pool and Spa Systems |
114, 150(p) |
N.A. |
N.A. |
N.A. |
|
|
SECTION119 – MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES, BALLASTS, AND LUMINAIRES
|
Any lighting control device, ballast, or luminaire subject to the requirements of Section 119 shall be installed only if the manufacturer has
certified to the Commission that the device complies with all of the applicable requirements of Section 119.
Lighting control devices may be individual devices or systems consisting of two or more components. For control systems consisting of two or more components, such as an Energy Management
Control System (EMCS), the manufacturer of the control system shall certify each of the components required for the system to comply with Section 119. |
| (a) |
All Devices: Instructions for Installation and Calibration. The manufacturer shall provide step-by-step instructions for installation and
start-up calibration of the device. |
| (b) |
Indicator Lights. Indicator lights integral to lighting control devices shall consume no more than one watt of power per indicator
light. |
| (c) |
Automatic Time Switch Control Devices. Automatic time switch control devices or system shall:
- Be capable of programming different schedules for weekdays and weekends; and
- Have program backup capabilities that prevent the loss of the device's schedules for at least 7 days, and the device’s time and date setting for at least 72
hours if power is interrupted.
|
| (d) |
Occupant Sensors, Motion Sensors, and Vacancy Sensors. Occupant sensors, motion sensors, and vacancy sensors shall be capable of automatically turning off all the
lights in an area no more than 30 minutes after the area has been vacated, and shall have a visible status signal that indicates that the device is operating properly or that it has
failed or malfunctioned. The visible status signal may have an override switch that turns the signal off. In addition, ultrasonic and microwave devices shall have a built-in mechanism
that allows calibration of the sensitivity of the device to room movement in order to reduce the false sensing of occupants, and shall comply with either Item 1 or 2 below, as
applicable:
- If the device emits ultrasonic radiation as a signal for sensing occupants within an area, the device shall:
| A. |
Have had a Radiation Safety Abbreviated Report submitted to the Center for Devices and Radiological Health, Federal Food and Drug
Administration, under 21 Code of Federal Regulations, Section 1002.12 (1996), and a copy of the report shall have been submitted to the California Energy Commission; and |
| B. |
Emit no audible sound; and |
| C. |
Not emit ultrasound in excess of the decibel (dB) values shown in TABLE 119-A, measured no more than 5 feet from the source, on
axis. |
- If the device emits microwave radiation as a signal for sensing occupants within the area, the device shall:
| A. |
Comply with all applicable provisions in 47 Code of Federal Regulations, Parts 2 and 15 (1996), and have an approved Federal
Communications Commission Identifier that appears on all units of the device and that has been submitted to the California Energy Commission; and |
| B. |
Not emit radiation in excess of 1 milliwatt per square centimeter measured at no more than 5 centimeters from the emission surface of the device;
and |
| C. |
Have permanently affixed to it installation instructions recommending that it be installed at least 12 inches from any area normally used by room
occupants. |
|
| (e) |
Multi-Level Occupant Sensor. Multi-level occupant sensors shall have an automatic OFF function that turns off all the lights, and either an automatic or a manually
controlled ON function capable of meeting all the multi-level and uniformity requirements of Section 131(b) for the controlled lighting. The first stage shall be capable of activating
between 30-70 percent of the lighting power in a room either through an automatic or manual action, and may be a switching or dimming system. After that event occurs the device shall be
capable of all of the following actions when manually called to do so by the occupant:
- Activating the alternate set of lights.
- Activating 100 percent of the lighting power.
- Deactivating all lights.
|
| (f) |
Automatic Daylighting Control Devices. Automatic daylighting control devices used to control lights in daylit zones shall:
- Be capable of reducing the power consumption of the general lighting in the controlled area by at least two thirds in response to the availability of daylight; and
- If the device is a dimmer controlling incandescent or fluorescent lamps, provide electrical outputs to lamps for reduced flicker operation through the dimming range, so that the
light output has an amplitude modulation of less than 30 percent for frequencies less than 200 Hz, and without causing premature lamp failure; and
- If the devices reduce lighting in control steps, incorporate time-delay circuits to prevent cycling of light level changes of less than 3 minutes and have a manual or automatic
means of adjusting the deadband to provide separation of on and off points for each control step; and
- If the device is placed in calibration mode, automatically restore its time delay settings to normal operation programmed time delays after no more than 60 minutes; and
- Have a setpoint control that easily distinguishes settings to within 10 percent of full scale adjustment; and
- Have a light sensor that has a linear response with 5percent accuracy over the range of illuminance measured by the light sensor; and
- Have a light sensor that is physically separated from where calibration adjustments are made, or is capable of being calibrated in a manner that the person initiating calibration
is remote from the sensor during calibration to avoid influencing calibration accuracy, and
|
| (g) |
Interior Photosensors. Interior photosensor shall not have a mechanical slide cover or other device that permits easy unauthorized disabling
of the control, and shall not be incorporated into a wall-mounted occupant-sensor. |
| (h) |
Multi-level Astronomical Time-switch Controls. Multi-level astronomical time-switch controls used to control lighting in daylit zones shall:
- Contain at least 2 separately programmable steps per zone that reduces illuminance in a relatively uniform manner as specified in Section 131(b); and
- Have a separate offset control for each step of 1 to 240 minutes; and
- Have sunrise and sunset prediction accuracy within +/- 15 minutes and timekeeping accuracy within 5 minutes per year; and
- Store astronomical time parameters (used to develop longitude, latitude, time zone) for at least 7 days if power is interrupted; and
- Display date/time, sunrise and sunset, and switching times for each step; and
- Have an automatic daylight savings time adjustment; and
- Have automatic time switch capabilities specified in Section 119(c).
|
| (i) |
Outdoor Astronomical Time-switch Controls. Outdoor astronomical time-switch controls used to control outdoor lighting as specified in Section 132(c) shall:
- Contain at least 2 separately programmable steps per function area; and
- Have the ability to independently offset the on and off times for each channel by 0 to 99 minutes before or after sunrise or sunset; and
- Have sunrise and sunset prediction accuracy within +/- 15 minutes and timekeeping accuracy within 5 minutes per year; and
- Store astronomical time parameters (used to develop longitude, latitude, time zone) for at least 7 days if power is interrupted; and
- Display date/time, sunrise and sunset; and
- Have an automatic daylight savings time adjustment; and
- Have automatic time switch capabilities specified in Section 119(c).
|
| (j) |
Manual-On Occupant Sensor (Residential) (Vacancy Sensor). A residential manual-on occupant sensor (also known as a vacancy sensor) used to comply with Section 150(k)
shall be a device or system which meets all of the following requirements:
- Turns off the lighting automatically within 30 minutes or less after the room has been vacated in response to the absence of occupants in the room; and
- Has a visible status signal in accordance with Section 119(d); and
- Shall not turn on the lighting automatically, except the sensor shall have a grace period of 15 seconds to 30 seconds to turn on the lighting automatically after the sensor has
timed out; and
- Shall not have an override switch that disables the occupant sensor; and
- Shall not have an override switch that converts the sensor from a manual-on to an automatic-on system.
|
| (k) |
Dimmers. Dimmers used to control lighting shall:
- Be capable of reducing power consumption by a minimum of 65 percent when the dimmer is at its lowest light level; and
- If the device is a dimmer controlling incandescent or fluorescent lamps, provide electrical outputs to lamps for reduced flicker operation through the dimming range, so that the
light output has an amplitude modulation of less than 30 percent for frequencies less than 200 Hz, and without causing premature lamp failure; and
- Be listed by a rating lab recognized by the International Code Council (ICC) as being in compliance with Underwriters Laboratories Standards; and
- If the device is a wall box dimmer designed to be used in a three or more-way circuit with non-dimmable switches, the level set by the dimmer, shall not be overridden by any of
the switches in the circuit. The dimmer and all of the switches in the circuit shall have the capability of turning lighting OFF if it is ON, and turning lighting ON to the level set
by the dimmer if the lighting is OFF. Any wall box dimmer that is connected to a system with an emergency override function shall be controlled by the emergency override.
- If the device is a stepped dimmer, it shall include an off position to turn lights completely off.
|
| (l) |
Track Lighting Integral Current Limiter. Integral current limiters shall meet the following requirements or a method approved by the Executive Director:
- Be designed so that the integral current limiter housing is permanently attached to the track so that the track will be irreparably damaged if the integral current limiter housing
were to be removed after installation into the track; and
- Have the volt-ampere (VA) rating of the current limiter clearly marked on the circuit breaker visible for the building officials’ field inspection without
opening coverplates, fixtures, or panels, and also on a permanent factory-installed label inside the wiring compartment; and
- Employ tamper resistant fasteners for the cover to the wiring compartment; and
- Have a conspicuous permanent factory installed label affixed to the inside of the wiring compartment warning against removing, tampering with, rewiring, or bypassing the
device.
|
| (m) |
High Efficacy LED Lighting Systems. To qualify as high efficacy for compliance with Section 150(k), a high efficacy LED luminaire, or LED
light engine with integral heat sink shall meet the minimum efficacy requirements in Table 150-C and luminaire power shall be determined as specified by Section 130(d)5.
|
| (n) |
Ballasts for Residential Recessed Luminaires. To qualify as high efficacy for compliance with Section 150(k), any ballast in a residential recessed luminaire shall
meet all of the following conditions:
- Be rated by the ballast manufacturer to have a minimum rated life of 30,000 hours when operated at or below a specified maximum case temperature. This maximum ballast case
temperature specified by the ballast manufacturer shall not be exceeded when tested in accordance to UL 1598 Section 19.15; and
- Have a ballast factor of not less than 0.90 for non-dimming ballasts and a ballast factor of not less than 0.85 for dimming ballasts.
|
| (o) |
Dimmable Fluorescent Ballasts for Power Adjustment Factor. To qualify for the Power Adjustment Factor in Section 146(a)2 and Table 146-C,
ballasts for T5 and T8 linear fluorescent lamps shall be electronic, dimmable, and shall meet the minimum Relative System Efficiency (RSE) in Table 146-D. |
| TABLE 119-A ULTRASOUND MAXIMUM DECIBEL VALUES |
MIDFREQUENCY OF SOUND PRESSURE THIRD-OCTAVE BAND
(in kHz) |
MAXIMUM dB LEVEL WITHINTHIRD-OCTAVE BAND
(in dB reference 20 micropascals) |
Less than 20
20 or more to less than 25
25 or more to less than 31.5
31.5 or more
|
80
105
110
115
|
|
|
SECTION 130 – LIGHTING CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT—GENERAL
|
| (a) |
Except as provided in Subsections (b) and (c), the design and installation of all lighting systems and equipment in nonresidential, high-rise residential,
hotel/motel buildings, and outdoor lighting subject to Title 24, Part 6, shall comply with the applicable provisions of Sections 131 through 139. All lighting controls and equipment shall
be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. |
| (b) |
Indoor Lighting in High-rise Residential Dwelling Units and Hotel/Motel Guest Rooms. The design and installation of all lighting systems,
lighting controls and equipment in high-rise residential dwelling units and in hotel/motel guest rooms shall comply with the applicable provisions of Section 150(k). |
| (c) |
Outdoor Lighting for High-rise Residential Dwelling Units and Hotel/Motel Guest Rooms. Outdoor lighting that is permanently attached to the
building, and is separately controlled from the inside of a high-rise residential dwelling unit or guest room shall comply with Section 150(k)13. |
| (d) |
Luminaire power. Luminaire wattage shall be determined as follows, or by a method approved by the Executive Director:
- The wattage of luminaires with line voltage lamp holders, other than GU-24 as determined according to Section 130(e), and not containing permanently installed ballasts or
transformers shall be determined as follows:
| A. |
For other than recessed luminaries, the maximum relamping rated wattage of the luminaire, as listed on a permanent, pre-printed,
factory-installed label, as specified by UL 1598. |
| B. |
For recessed luminaires, the larger of the maximum relamping rated wattage of the luminaire, as listed on a permanent, pre-printed, factory-installed label, as specified by
UL 1598, or the following:
| i. |
50 watts per socket for luminaires with housings or trims with an aperture diameter less than 5 inches regardless of mounting
height; or |
| ii. |
50 watts per socket for luminaires with housings or trims with an aperture diameter of greater than or equal to 5 inches and a mounting
height of 11 feet or less, or |
| iii |
60 watts per socket for luminaires with housings or trims with an aperture diameter of greater than or equal to 5 inches and a mounting
height of greater than 11 feet but less than 15 feet; or |
| iv. |
75 watts per socket for luminaires with housings or trims with an aperture diameter of greater than or equal to 5 inches and a mounting
height of 15 feet or more. |
|
| C. |
For luminaires designed to accommodate a variety of trims or modular components that allow the conversion between screw-based and pin-based sockets
without changing the luminaire housing or wiring, the highest wattage designated by the correlated marking on a permanent, pre-printed, factory-installed label on the luminaire
housing shall be used. |
| D. |
For luminaires with line voltage lamp holders, the factory-installed wattage label shall not consist of peel-off or peel-down layers or other methods which allow the rated
wattage to be changed after the luminaire has been shipped from the manufacturer. |
- The wattage of luminaires with permanently installed or remotely installed ballasts shall be the operating input wattage of the rated lamp/ballast combination published in
manufacturer’s catalogs based on independent testing lab reports as specified by UL 1598. The wattage of a compact fluorescent or high intensity discharge luminaire
that can accommodate a range of wattages without changing the luminaire housing, ballast, or wiring shall be the larger of the installed wattage, or the average wattage of the
lamp/ballast combinations for which the luminaire is rated.
- The wattage of line-voltage lighting track and plug-in busway which allows the addition or relocation of luminaires without altering the wiring of the system shall be determined
by one of the following methods:
| A. |
The wattage of line voltage busway and track rated for more than 20 amperes shall be the total volt-ampere rating of the branch circuit
feeding the busway and track. |
| B. |
The wattage of line voltage busway and track rated for 20 amperes or less shall be determined by one of the following methods:
| i. |
The volt-ampere rating of the branch circuit feeding the track or busway; or |
| ii. |
The higher of the rated wattage of all of the luminaires included in the system, where wattage is determined according to Section 130(d)1, 2,
4, 5, or 6 as applicable, or 45 watts per linear foot; or |
| iii |
When using an integral current limiter, the higher of the volt-ampere rating of an integral current limiter controlling the track or busway,
or 12.5 watts per linear foot of track or busway, provided that the integral current limiter complies with Section 119(l); or |
| iv. |
When using a dedicated track lighting supplementary overcurrent protection panel, the sum of the ampere (A) rating of all of the overcurrent protection devices times
the branch circuit voltages. The panel shall meet all of the following requirements:
| a. |
Be listed as defined in Section 101; and |
| b. |
Be used only with line voltage track lighting; and |
| c. |
Be permanently installed in an electrical equipment room, or permanently installed adjacent to the lighting panel board providing
supplementary overcurrent protection for the track lighting circuits served by the supplementary over current protection panel; and |
| d. |
Be prominently labeled "NOTICE: This Panel for Track Lighting Energy Code Compliance Only. The overcurrent protection devices in this
panel shall only be replaced with the same or lower amperage. No other overcurrent protective device shall be added to this panel. Adding to, or replacement of
existing
overcurrent protective device(s) with higher continuous ampere rating, will void the panel listing and require re-submittal and re-certification of California Title
24, Part 6 compliance documentation.†|
|
|
- The wattage of luminaires or lighting systems with permanently installed or remotely installed transformers shall be determined as follows:
| A. |
The rated wattage of the lamp/transformer combination, listed on a permanent, pre-printed, factory-installed label, as specified by UL
2108, and |
| B. |
For luminaires or lighting systems with transformers rated greater than 53 watts, the factory-installed wattage label shall not consist of peel-off
or peel-down layers or other methods which allow the rated wattage to be changed after the luminaire or lighting system has been shipped from the manufacturer. |
- The wattage of light emitting diode (LED) Luminaires, or LED Light Engine with Integral Heat Sink shall be the maximum rated input wattage of the system when tested in accordance
with Reference Joint Appendix JA8. The maximum rated input wattage shall be listed on a permanent, pre-printed, factory-installed label.
- The wattage of all other miscellaneous lighting equipment shall be the maximum rated wattage of the lighting equipment, or operating input wattage of the system, listed on a
permanent, pre-printed, factory-installed label, or published in manufacturer’s catalogs, based on independent testing lab reports as specified by UL 1574 or UL
1598.
|
| (e) |
GU-24 Lamps, Luminaires, and Adaptors. GU-24 lamps, luminaires, and adaptors installed in California shall meet the following requirements:
- Lamps with GU-24 bases shall have a minimum efficacy no lower than specified in Table 150-C.
- The wattage of luminaires with GU-24 lamp holders shall be the operating input wattage as listed on a permanent, pre-printed, factory-installed label on the luminaire housing, as
specified by UL. Luminaires with GU-24 lampholders shall not be rated for any lamp or lighting system that has an efficacy lower than specified in Table 150-C.
- Luminaires with GU-24 lampholders shall not have modular components allowing conversion to any lamp or lighting system that has an efficacy lower than specified in Table
150-C.
- There shall be no adaptors that convert a GU-24 socket or GU-24 lamp holder to any other line voltage socket or lamp holder, or to any lighting system that has an efficacy lower
than specified in Table 150-C.
|
|
SECTION 131 – INDOOR LIGHTING CONTROLS THAT SHALL BE INSTALLED
|
| (a) |
Area Controls.
- Each area enclosed by ceiling-height partitions shall have an independent switching or control device. This switching or control device shall be:
| A. |
Readily accessible; and |
| B. |
Located so that a person using the device can see the lights or area controlled by that switch, or so that the area being lit is annunciated; and |
| C. |
Manually operated, or automatically controlled by an occupant-sensor that meets the applicable requirements of Section 119. |
- Other devices may be installed in conjunction with the switching or control device provided that they:
| A. |
Permit the switching or control device to manually turn the lights off in each area enclosed by ceiling-height partitions; and |
| B. |
Reset the mode of any automatic system to normal operation without further action. |
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 131(a): Up to 0.3 watts per square foot of lighting in any area within a building that must be continuously illuminated for reasons of
building security or emergency egress, if:
| A. |
The area is designated a security or emergency egress area on the plans and specifications submitted to the enforcement agency under Section 10-103(a)2 of Title
24, Part 1; and |
| B. |
The security or egress lighting is controlled by switches accessible only to authorized personnel. |
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 131(a): Public areas with switches that are accessible only to authorized personnel.
|
|
(b)
|
Multi-Level Lighting Controls. The general lighting of any enclosed space 100 square feet or larger, and has a connected lighting load that exceeds 0.8 watts per
square foot, shall have multi-level lighting controls. Multi-level controls shall have at least one control step that is between 30 percent and 70 percent of design lighting power and
allow the power of all lights to be manually turned off. A reasonably uniform level of illuminance shall be achieved by any of the following:
- Continuous or stepped dimming of all lamps or luminaires; or
- Switching alternate lamps in luminaires, alternate luminaires, and alternate rows of luminaires.
EXCEPTIONS to Section 131(b):
| 1. |
Lights in corridors. |
| 2. |
A space that has only one luminaire with no more than two lamps. |
|
|
(c)
|
Daylight Areas.
- Daylight areas shall be defined as follows:
| A. |
DAYLIGHT AREA the total daylight area shall not double count overlapping areas with any primary sidelit daylight area, secondary sidelit
daylight area, or skylit daylight area. |
| B. |
DAYLIGHT AREA, PRIMARY SIDELIT is the combined primary sidelit area without double counting overlapping areas. The floor area for each primary sidelit area
is directly adjacent to vertical glazing below the ceiling with an area equal to the product of the sidelit width and the primary sidelit depth.
The primary sidelit width is the width of the window plus, on each side, the smallest of:
| i. |
2 feet; or |
| ii. |
The distance to any 5 feet or higher permanent vertical obstruction. |
The primary sidelit depth is the horizontal distance perpendicular to the glazing which is the smaller of:
| i. |
One window head height; or |
| ii. |
The distance to any 5 feet or higher permanent vertical obstruction. |
|
| C. |
DAYLIGHT AREA. SECONDARY SIDELIT is the combined secondary sidelit area without double counting overlapping areas. The floor area for each secondary
sidelit area is directly adjacent to primary sidelit area with an area equal to the product of the sidelit width and the secondary sidelit depth.
The secondary sidelit width is the width of the window plus, on each side, the smallest of:
| i. |
2 feet; or |
| ii. |
The distance to any 5 feet or higher permanent vertical obstruction; or |
| iii. |
The distance to any skylit daylight area. |
The secondary sidelit depth is the horizontal distance perpendicular to the glazing which begins from one window head height, and ends at the smaller of:
| i. |
Two window head heights; |
| ii. |
The distance to any 5 feet or higher permanent vertical obstruction; or |
| iii. |
The distance to any skylit daylight area. |
|
| D. |
DAYLIGHT AREA, SKYLIT is the combined daylight area under each skylight without double counting overlapping areas. The daylight area under each skylight is
bounded by the rough opening of the skylight, plus horizontally in each direction the smallest of:
| i. |
70 percent of the floor-to-ceiling height; or |
| ii. |
The distance to any primary sidelit area, or the daylight area under rooftop monitors; or |
| iii. |
The distance to any permanent partition or permanent rack which is farther away than 70 percent of the distance between the top of the permanent partition or permanent
rack and the ceiling. |
|
- Luminaires providing general lighting that are in or are partially in the skylit daylight area and/or the primary sidelit daylight area shall be controlled as follows:
| A. |
Primary sidelit and skylit daylight areas shall have at least one lighting control that:
| i. |
Controls at least 50 percent of the general lighting power in the primary sidelit and skylit daylight areas separately from other lighting in the enclosed
space. |
| ii. |
Controls luminaires in primary sidelit areas separately from skylit areas. |
EXCEPTION to Section 131(c) 2A: Primary sidelit and skylit daylight areas that have a combined area totaling less than or equal to 250 square feet within any
enclosed space.
|
| B. |
For all skylit daylight areas:
| i. |
The skylit daylight area shall be shown on the plans. |
| ii. |
All of the general lighting in the skylit area shall be controlled independently by an automatic daylighting control device that meets the
applicable requirements of Section 119. |
| iii. |
The automatic daylighting control shall be installed in accordance with Section 131(c)2D. EXCEPTION 1 to Section 131(c)2B: Where the total
skylit daylight area in any enclosed space is less than or equal to 2,500 square feet. |
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 131(c)2B: Where the total skylit daylight area in any enclosed space is less than or equal to 2,500 square feet.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 131(c)2B: Skylit daylight areas where existing adjacent structures obstruct direct beam sunlight for at least 6 hours per day during
the equinox as calculated using computer or graphical methods.
EXCEPTION 3 to Section 131(c)2B: When the skylight effective aperture is greater than 4.0 percent, and all general lighting in the skylit area is
controlled by a multi-level astronomical time switch that meets the requirements of Section 119(h) and that has an override switch that meets the requirements of Section
131(d)2.
EXCEPTION 4 to Section 131(c)2B: Skylit daylight areas where the effective aperture is less than 0.006. The effective aperture for skylit daylight areas is
specified in Section 146(a)2E.
|
| C. |
The primary sidelit area(s) shall be shown on the plans, and the general lighting in the primary sidelit areas shall be controlled independently by an automatic daylighting
control device that meets the applicable requirements of Section 119 and is installed in accordance with Section 131(c) 2D.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 131(c) 2C: Where the total primary sidelit daylight area in any enclosed space has an area less than or equal to 2,500 square
feet.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 131(c) 2C: Primary sidelit daylight areas where the effective aperture is less than 0.1. The effective aperture for primary sidelit
daylight areas is specified in Section 146(a)2E.
EXCEPTION 3 to Section 131(c) 2C: Primary sidelit daylight areas where existing adjacent structures are twice as tall as their distance away from the
windows.
EXCEPTION 4 to Section 131(c) 2C: Parking garages.
|
| D. |
Automatic Daylighting Control Device Installation and Operation. Automatic daylighting control devices shall be installed and configured to operate according to all of the
following requirements:
| i. |
Automatic daylighting control devices shall have photosensors that are located so that they are not readily accessible in
accordance with the designer’s or manufacturer’s instructions. |
| ii. |
The location where calibration adjustments are made to the automatic daylighting control device shall be readily accessible to authorized
personnel, or located within 2 feet of a ceiling access panel that is no higher than 11 feet above floor level. |
| iii. |
Automatic daylighting controls shall be multi-level, including continuous dimming, and have at least one control step that is between 50
percent to 70 percent of rated power of the controlled lighting.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 131(c) 2Diii: Controlled lighting having a lighting power density less than 0.3 W/ft2.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 131(c)2Diii: When skylights are replaced or added to on an existing building with an existing general lighting system. |
| iv |
Under all daylight conditions in all areas served by the controlled lighting, the combined illuminance from the controlled lighting and
daylight is not less than the illuminance from controlled lighting when no daylight is available. |
| v |
When all areas served by the controlled lighting are receiving daylight illuminance levels greater than 150 percent of the illuminance from
controlled lighting when no daylight is available, the controlled lighting power consumption shall be no greater than 35 percent of the rated power of the controlled
lighting. |
|
| |
|
|
|
(d)
|
Shut-off Controls.
- In addition to the manual controls installed to comply with Section 131(a) and (b), for every floor, all indoor lighting systems shall be equipped with separate automatic controls
to shut off the lighting. These automatic controls shall meet the requirements of Section 119 and may be an occupant sensor, automatic time switch, or other device capable of
automatically shutting off the lighting.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 131(d)1: Where the lighting system is serving an area that must be continuously lit, 24 hours per day/365 days per year.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 131(d)1: Lighting in corridors, guestrooms, dwelling units of high-rise residential buildings and hotel/motels, and parking garages.
EXCEPTION 3 to Section 131(d)1: Up to 0.3 watts per square foot of lighting in any area within a building that must be continuously illuminated for reasons of
building security or emergency egress, provided that the area is designated a security or emergency egress area on the plans and specifications submitted to the enforcement agency
under Section 10-103(a)2 of Title 24, Part 1.
- If an automatic control device is installed to comply with Section 131(d)1, it shall incorporate an override switching device that:
| A. |
Is readily accessible; and |
| B. |
Is located so that a person using the device can see the lights or the area controlled by that switch, or so that the area being lit is
annunciated; and |
| C. |
Is manually operated; and |
| D. |
Allows the lighting to remain on for no more than 2 hours when an override is initiated; and
EXCEPTION to Section 131(d)2D: In malls, auditoriums, single tenant retail spaces, industrial facilities, and arenas, where captive-key override is
utilized, override time may exceed 2 hours.
|
| E. |
Controls an area enclosed by ceiling height partitions not exceeding 5,000 square feet.
EXCEPTION to Section 131(d)2E: In malls, auditoriums, single tenant retail spaces, industrial facilities, convention centers and arenas, the area
controlled may not exceed 20,000 square feet.
|
-
If an automatic time switch control device is installed to comply with Section 131(d)1, it shall incorporate an automatic holiday "shut-off" feature that turns off all loads for
at least 24 hours, and then resumes the normally scheduled operation.
EXCEPTION to Section 131(d)3: Retail stores and associated malls, restaurants, grocery stores, churches, and theaters.
- Offices 250 square feet or smaller; multipurpose rooms of less than 1000 square feet, and classrooms and conference rooms of any size, shall be equipped with occupant sensor(s) to
shut off the lighting. In addition, controls shall be provided that allow the lights to be manually shut off in accordance with Section 131(a) regardless of the sensor status.
|
| (e) |
Display Lighting. Floor and wall display, window display, and case display lighting shall each be separately switched on circuits that are
20 amps or less. |
| (f) |
Automatic Controls Required for Tailored Method. When the Tailored Method in Section 146 is used for calculating allowed indoor lighting
power density, the general lighting shall be controlled separately from the display, ornamental, and display case lighting. |
| (g) |
Demand Responsive Lighting Controls. Demand responsive automatic lighting controls that uniformly reduce lighting power consumption by a minimum of 15 percent shall
be installed in retail buildings with sales floor areas greater than 50,000 square feet.
EXCEPTION to Section 131(g): Buildings where more than 50 percent of the lighting power is controlled by daylighting controls.
|
|
SECTION 132 – OUTDOOR LIGHTING CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT
|
| (a) |
Outdoor Lighting. All permanently installed outdoor luminaires employing lamps rated over 100 watts shall either: have a lamp efficacy of at least 60 lumens per
watt; or be controlled by a motion sensor.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 132(a): Lighting required by a health or life safety statute, ordinance, or regulation, including but not limited to, emergency lighting.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 132(a): Lighting used in or around swimming pools, water features, or other locations subject to Article 680 of the California Electrical
Code.
EXCEPTION 3 to Section 132(a): Searchlights.
EXCEPTION 4 to Section 132(a): Theme lighting for use in theme parks.
EXCEPTION 5 to Section 132(a): Lighting for film or live performances.
EXCEPTION 6 to Section 132(a): Temporary outdoor lighting.
EXCEPTION 7 to Section 132(a): Light emitting diode, light emitting capacitors, neon and cold cathode lighting.
EXCEPTION 8 to Section 132(a): Sign lighting
|
| (b) |
Luminaire Cutoff Requirements. All outdoor luminaires that use lamps rated greater than 175 watts in hardscape areas including parking lots, building entrances,
sales and non-sales canopies, and all outdoor sales areas shall be designated Cutoff for light distribution. To comply with this requirement, the luminaire shall be rated Cutoff in a
photometric test report that includes any tilt or other non-level mounting condition of the installed luminaire. Cutoff is a luminaire light distribution classification where the
candela per 1000 lamp lumens does not numerically exceed 25 at or above a vertical angle of 90 degrees above nadir, and 100 at or above a vertical angle of 80 degrees above nadir. Nadir
is in the direction of straight down, as would be indicated by a plumb line. 90 degrees above nadir is horizontal. 80 degrees above nadir is 10 degrees below horizontal.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 132(b): Signs.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 132(b): Lighting for building facades, public monuments, statues, and vertical surfaces of bridges.
EXCEPTION 3 to Section 132(b): Lighting required by a health or life safety statute, ordinance, or regulation, including but not limited to, emergency lighting.
EXCEPTION 4 to Section 132(b): Temporary outdoor lighting.
EXCEPTION 5 to Section 132(b): Lighting used in or around swimming pools, water features, or other locations subject to Article 680 of the California Electrical
Code.
EXCEPTION 6 to Section 132(b): Replacement of existing pole mounted luminaires in hardscape areas meeting all of the following conditions:
| A. |
Where the existing luminaire does not meet the luminaire cutoff requirements in Section 132(b); and |
| B. |
Spacing between existing poles is greater than 6 times the mounting height of the existing luminaires; and |
| C. |
Where no additional poles are being added to the site; and |
| D. |
Where new wiring to the luminaires is not being installed; and |
| E. |
Provided that the connected lighting power wattage is not increased. |
|
|
(c)
|
Controls for Outdoor Lighting
- All permanently installed outdoor lighting shall be controlled by a photocontrol or astronomical time switch that automatically turns off the outdoor lighting when daylight is
available
EXCEPTION to Section 132(c)1: Lighting in tunnels and large covered areas that require illumination during daylight hours.
-
For lighting of building facades, parking lots, sales and non-sales canopies, all outdoor sales areas, and student pickup/ drop-off zones where two or more luminaires are used,
an automatic time switch shall be installed that is capable of (1) turning off the lighting when not needed and (2) reducing the lighting power (in watts) by at least 50 percent but
not exceeding 80 percent or providing continuous dimming through a range that includes 50 percent through 80 percent reduction. This control shall meet the requirements of Section
119(c).
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 132(c)2: Lighting required by a health or life safety statute, ordinance, or regulation, including but not limited to, emergency
lighting.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 132(c)2: Lighting for steps or stairs that require illumination during daylight hours.
EXCEPTION 3 to Section 132(c)2: Lighting that is controlled by a motion sensor and photocontrol.
EXCEPTION 4 to Section 132(c)2: Lighting for facilities that have equal lighting requirements at all hours and are designed to operate continuously.
EXCEPTION 5 to Section 132(c)2: Temporary outdoor lighting.
EXCEPTION 6 to Section 132(c)2: Signs.
|
|
SECTION 133 – SIGN LIGHTING CONTROLS
|
| (a) |
Controls for All Signs.
All signs with permanently connected lighting shall meet the requirements of Section 133 below:
- Automatic Time Switch Control. All signs with permanently connected lighting shall be controlled with an automatic time switch control that complies with the
applicable requirements of Section 119.
- Photocontrol or outdoor astronomical time switch control. All outdoor signs shall be controlled with a photocontrol or outdoor astronomical time switch
control.
EXCEPTION to Section 133(a)2: Outdoor signs in tunnels and large covered areas that require illumination during daylight hours.
- Dimming. All outdoor signs shall be controlled with a dimmer that provides the ability to automatically reduce sign power by a minimum of 65 percent during
nighttime hours.
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 133(a)3: Signs that are illuminated for less than 1 hour per day during daylight hours.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 133(a)3: Outdoor signs in tunnels and large covered areas that require illumination during daylight hours.
EXCEPTION 3 to Section 133(a)3: Metal halide, high pressure sodium, cold cathode, and neon lamps used to illuminated signs or parts of signs.
EXCEPTION 4 to Section 133(a)3: Demand Responsive Electronic Message Center Control. An Electronic Message Center (EMC) having a new connected lighting power load
greater than 15 kW shall have a control installed that is capable of reducing the lighting power by a minimum of 30 percent when receiving a demand response signal that is sent out by
the local utility.
EXCEPTION 5 to Section 133(a)4: EMCs required by a health or life safety statute, ordinance, or regulation, including but not limited to exit signs and traffic
signs.
|
|
SECTION 134 – REQUIRED NONRESIDENTIAL LIGHTING CONTROL ACCEPTANCE
|
| (a) |
Lighting Control Acceptance. Before an occupancy permit is granted for a new building or space, or a new lighting system serving a building, space, or site is
operated for normal use, all indoor and outdoor lighting controls serving the building, space, or site shall be certified as meeting the Acceptance Requirements for Code Compliance. A
Certificate of Acceptance shall be submitted to the enforcement agency under Section 10-103(a) of Title 24, Part 1, that:
- Certifies plans, specifications, installation certificates, and operating and maintenance information meet the requirements of Part 6.
- Certifies that automatic daylighting controls meet the applicable requirements of Section 119 and Section 131(c) 2D.
- Certifies that when a multi-level astronomical time switch is used to meet EXCEPTION 3 to Section 131(c)2B all general lighting in the skylit area is controlled by a multi-level
astronomical time switch that meets the applicable requirements of Section 119 and that has an override switch that meets the requirements of Section 131(d)2.
- Certifies that lighting controls meet the requirements of Section 131(a) through Section 131(c), Sections 131(e) and (f), and Section 146(a)2 as applicable.
- Certifies that automatic lighting controls meet the applicable requirements of Section 119 and Section 131(d).
- Certifies that occupant-sensors meet the applicable requirements of Section 119 and Section 131(d).
- Certified that outdoor lighting controls meet the applicable requirements of Section 119 and Section 132.
|
|
SECTION 141 – PERFORMANCE APPROACH: ENERGY BUDGETS.
In order to meet the energy budget, a proposed building's use of TDV energy calculated under Subsection (b) must be no greater than the TDV energy budget calculated under Subsection
(a).
|
| (a) |
Energy Budget. The energy budget for a proposed building is the sum of the space-conditioning, lighting, and service water-heating budgets in Subdivisions 1, 2, and
3 of this subsection, expressed in Btu per square foot of conditioned floor area per year.
-
Space-conditioning budget. The space-conditioning budget is the TDV energy used for space conditioning in a standard building in the climate zone in which the
proposed building is located, calculated with a method approved by the Commission (expressed in TDV energy per square foot of conditioned floor area per year), and assuming
that:
| A. |
The standard building has space heating, space cooling, and ventilation systems that meet, but do not exceed, the minimum efficiency
requirements of Sections 111 and 112, and the requirements of Section 144; and |
| B. |
The performance of the roof/ceiling, walls, floors and soffits, windows, and skylights is equal to an applicable value using the same assembly type
from TABLE 143-A, TABLE 143-B, or TABLE 143-C, and for nonresidential buildings with low-sloped roofs, the roof aged solar reflectance and thermal emittance is equal to the
values specified in Section 118(i)1; and |
| C. |
The zoning, the orientation of each building feature, and the gross envelope areas of the standard building are the same as in the proposed
building; and |
| D. |
The window area of the west-facing wall is the greater of: 1) the window area of the proposed building, excluding the window area in demising
walls, or 40 percent of the gross exterior west-facing wall area of the standard building, whichever is less; or 2) 6 feet times the west-facing display perimeter; and the
window area of the standard building is the greater of (1) or (2): (1) the window area of the proposed building excluding the window area in demising walls, or 40 percent of the
gross exterior wall area of the standard building, whichever is less; or (2) 6 feet times the display perimeter; and |
| E. |
For buildings subject to Section 143(c), the skylight area of the standard building shall be the minimum area required by Section 143(c). For all
other buildings, the skylight area of the standard building is the same as in the proposed building, or is 5 percent of the gross exterior roof/ceiling area of the standard
building, whichever is less. |
| |
|
-
Lighting budget. The lighting budget is the TDV energy used for lighting in a standard building calculated with a method approved by the Commission (expressed in
Btu per square foot of conditioned floor area per year), and assuming that:
| A. |
The lighting power density of the standard building, for areas where no lighting plans or specifications are submitted for permit and
the occupancy of the building is known, is the maximum allowed lighting power density calculated according to Section 146(c)1; and |
| B. |
The lighting power density of the standard building, for areas where no lighting plans or specifications are submitted for permit, and the
occupancy of the building is not known, is 1.2 watts per square foot; and |
| C. |
The lighting power density of the standard building, for areas where lighting plans and specifications are being submitted for permit, is the
maximum allowed lighting power density calculated according to Section 146(c) 1, 2, or 3; and |
| D. |
The lighting power density of the standard building is adjusted as described in the Nonresidential ACM Manual for an astronomical timeclock when
required by Section 131(c)2. |
- Service water-heating budget. The service water-heating budget is the TDV energy used for service water heating in a standard building in the climate zone in
which the proposed building is located, calculated with a method approved by the Commission (expressed in Btu per square foot of conditioned floor area per year), and assuming that
the standard building has a service water-heating system that meets, but does not exceed, the applicable requirements of Sections 111, 113, 123, and 145.
|
| (b) |
TDV Energy Use of Proposed Building. The TDV energy use of a proposed building is the sum of the spaceconditioning, lighting, and service water-heating TDV energy
use calculated in Subdivisions 1, 2, and 3 of this subsection, using the same Compliance software used to calculate the budget under Subsection (a), and expressed in Btu per square foot
of conditioned floor area per year. If any feature of the proposed building, including, but not limited to, the envelope or the space-conditioning, lighting, or service water-heating
system, is not included in the building permit application, the energy performance of the feature shall be assumed to be that of the corresponding feature calculated in Subsection
(a).
-
Space-conditioning TDV energy use. The space-conditioning TDV energy use shall be calculated by:
| A. |
Using a method approved by the Commission; and |
| B |
Using the proposed building's space heating, space cooling, lighting, and ventilation systems, roof and ceiling, walls, floors and soffits, opaque envelope areas, windows,
skylights, zoning, and orientation, as shown on the plans and specifications submitted in the building permit application under Section 10-103 of Title 24, Part 1. |
- Lighting TDV energy use. The lighting TDV energy use shall be calculated using a method approved by the Commission, and using the actual lighting power density
calculated under Section 146(c), including reduction of wattage by the applicable lighting power adjustment factors specified in Section 146(a)2. The lighting power density shall also
be adjusted as described in the Nonresidential ACM Manual for an astronomical timeclock when required by Section 131(c)2.
- Service water-heating TDV energy use. The service water-heating TDV energy use shall be calculated using a method approved by the Commission, and using the
proposed building's actual service water-heating system.
|
| (c) |
Calculation of Budget and Energy Use. When calculating the energy budget under Subsection (a) and the TDV energy use under Subsection (b), all of the following rules
shall apply:
- Methodology. The methodology, computer programs, inputs, and assumptions approved by the Commission shall be used.
- Energy included. All energy, from depletable sources and recovered from space conditioning equipment, used for space conditioning, lighting, and service water
heating shall be included.
-
Energy excluded. The following energy shall be excluded:
| A. |
Process loads; and |
| B. |
Loads of redundant or backup equipment, if the plans submitted under Section 10-103 of Title 24, Part 1, show controls that will allow the
redundant or backup equipment to operate only when the primary equipment is not operating, and if such controls are installed; and |
| C. |
Recovered energy other than from space conditioning equipment; and |
| D. |
Additional energy use caused solely by outside air filtration and treatment for the reduction and treatment of unusual outdoor contaminants with
final pressure drops more than 245 pascals or 1-inch water column. Only the energy accounted for by the amount of the pressure drop that is over 1 inch may be excluded. |
-
U-factors. U-factors shall be calculated as follows:
| A. |
All building components. The U-factor of all building components shall be calculated to three decimal places; the calculations shall
assume still inside air and a 15 miles per hour outside air velocity, or other assumptions approved by the Commission. |
| B. |
Wood-framed assemblies. U-factors for wood-framed assemblies shall be calculated using the parallel path method listed in ASHRAE Handbook,
Fundamentals Volume, Chapter 23, with framing factors approved by the Commission. |
| C. |
Metal-framed assemblies. U-factors for metal-framed assemblies shall be calculated using the zone method listed in ASHRAE Handbook, Fundamentals
Volume, Chapter 23, or a method approved by the Commission. |
| D. |
Fenestration. U-factors for fenestration shall be determined using NFRC 100 as specified in Section 116. |
| E. |
Masonry assemblies. U-factors for masonry assemblies shall be calculated using the transverse isothermal planes method listed in ASHRAE Handbook,
Fundamentals Volume, Chapter 23, or a method approved by the Commission. |
| F. |
Other. U-factors for components not listed in this subsection shall be calculated using a method approved by the Commission. |
- Solar heat gain coefficients. Solar heat gain coefficients shall be determined using NFRC 200 as specified in Section 116, and shall not be adjusted for the
effects of interior or exterior shading devices.
- Visible light transmittance. Visible light transmittance shall be determined using the values listed in ASHRAE Handbook, Fundamentals Volume, Chapter 30, or
manufacturers literature, and shall be adjusted for the effects of framing and interior or exterior shading devices.
|
| (d) |
Relocatable Public School Buildings. When the manufacturer/builder certifies the relocatable public school building for use in any climate
zone, the energy budget shall be met in the most severe climate zones as specified in the Nonresidential ACM Manual, assuming the prescriptive envelope criteria in TABLE 143-C. When the
manufacturer/builder certifies that the relocatable building is manufactured for use in specific climate zones and that the relocatable building can not be lawfully used in other climate
zones, the energy budget shall be met in each climate zone that the manufacturer/building certifies, assuming the prescriptive envelope criteria in TABLE 143-A, including the non-north
window RSHG and skylight SHGC requirements for each climate zone. The energy budget and the energy use of the proposed building shall be determined using the multiple orientation approach
specified in the Nonresidential ACM Manual. The manufacturer/builder shall meet the requirements for identification labels specified in Section 143(a)8. |
|
SECTION 142 – PRESCRIPTIVE APPROACH
In order to comply with the prescriptive approach under this section, a building shall be designed with and shall have constructed and installed:
| (a) |
A building envelope that complies with Section 143(a) or 143(b), and for applicable buildings Section 143(c); |
| (b) |
A space-conditioning system that complies with Section 144; |
| (c) |
A service water-heating system that complies with Section 145; |
| (d) |
A lighting system that complies with Section 146; |
| (e) |
An outdoor lighting system that complies with Section 147; and |
| (f) |
Interior and exterior signs that comply with Section 148. |
|
| TABLE 144-C AIR ECONOMIZER HIGH LIMIT SHUT OFF CONTROL REQUIREMENTS |
| Device Type |
Climate Zones |
Required High Limit (Economizer Off When): |
|
| Equation |
Description |
|
| Fixed Dry Bulb |
1, 2, 3, 5, 11, 13, 14, 15 & 16 |
TOA > 75°ºF |
Outdoor air temperature exceeds 75°F |
| |
| |
4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 & 12 |
TOA > 70°ºF |
Outdoor air temperature exceeds 70°F |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
| Differential Dry Bulb |
All |
TOA > TRA |
Outdoor air temperature excee
dsreturn air temperature |
| |
|
|
|
|
| Fixed Enthalpya |
4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 & 12 |
hOA > 28 Btu/lbb |
Outdoor air enthalpy exceeds
28 Btu/lb of dry airb |
| Electronic Enthalpy |
All |
(TOA, RHOA) > A |
Outdoor air temperature/RH exceedsthe "A"
set-point curvec |
| |
|
|
|
|
| Differential Enthalpy |
All |
hOA > hRA |
Outdoor air enthalpy exceeds returnair
enthalpy |
|
| |
|
a Fixed Enthalpy Controls are prohibited in climate zones 1, 2, 3, 5, 11, 13, 14, 15 & 16.
b At altitudes substantially different than sea level, the Fixed Enthalpy limit value shall be set to the enthalpy value at 75°F and 50% relative
humidity.
As an example, at approximately 6000 foot elevation the fixed enthalpy limit is approximately 30.7 Btu/lb.
c Set point "A" corresponds to a curve on the psychometric chart that goes through a point at approximately 75°F and 40% relative humidity and is
nearly
parallel to dry bulb lines at low humidity levels and nearly parallel to enthalpy lines at high humidity levels.
|
|
|
|
SECTION 145 – PRESCRIPTIVE REQUIREMENTS FOR SERVICE WATER HEATING SYSTEMS
|
| (a) |
Nonresidential Occupancies. A service water heating system installed in a nonresidential building complies with this section if it complies
with the applicable requirements of Sections 111, 113 and 123. |
| (b) |
High-Rise Residential and Hotel/Motel Occupancies. A service water heating system installed in high-rise residential and hotel/motel
buildings comply with this section if it meets the requirements of Section 151(f)8. |
|
SECTION 146 – PRESCRIPTIVE REQUIREMENTS FOR INDOOR LIGHTING
A building complies with this section if the actual lighting power density calculated under Subsection (a) is no greater than the allowed indoor lighting power calculated under
Subsection (c).
|
| (a) |
Calculation of Actual Indoor Lighting Power Density. The actual indoor lighting power of the proposed building area is the total watts of all planned permanent and portable lighting
systems; subject to the following specific requirements and adjustments under Subsections 1 through 4.
EXCEPTION to Section 146(a) Up to 0.2 watts per square foot of portable lighting for office areas shall not be required to be included in the calculation of actual
indoor lighting power density.
- Multiple interlocked lighting systems serving a space. When multiple interlocked lighting systems serve an auditorium, convention center, conference room, multipurpose room, or
theater, the watts of all systems except the system with the highest wattage may be excluded if the lighting systems are interlocked with a non-programmable double throw switch to
prevent simultaneous operation.
- Reduction of wattage through controls. The controlled watts of any luminaire may be reduced by the number of controlled watts times the applicable Power Adjustment Factor (PAF)
from TABLE 146-C if:
| A. |
The control complies with the applicable requirements of Section 119; and |
| B. |
At least 50 percent of the light output of the luminaire is within the applicable space listed in TABLE 146-C; and |
| C. |
Except as noted in TABLE 146-C, only one PAF is used for the luminaire; and |
| D. |
Multi-level occupant sensors used to qualify for the PAF in any space less than or equal to 250 square feet enclosed by floor-to-ceiling
partitions, or any size classroom, corridor, conference or waiting room, shall meet the applicable requirements of Section 119. The multi-level occupancy sensor shall be
installed to meet all the multi-level and uniformity requirements of Section 131(b) for the controlled lighting. The first stage shall activate between 30-70 percent of the
lighting power in a room either through an automatic or manual action, and may be a switching or dimming system. After that event occurs any of the following actions shall be
assigned to occur when manually called to do so by the occupant: |
| E. |
For automatic daylighting control PAFs, the luminaire(s) shall be controlled by the automatic daylighting control(s) complying with applicable requirements of Section 119
and installed according to Section 131(c)2D. The PAF’s are calculated based on PAFs described below in Section 146(a) 2E (i through iii), and at least 50
percent of the controlled luminaires shall be located within the daylit area. Daylight controls shall not control lamps that are outside of the daylight area (skylit, primary
sidelit, and/or secondary sidelit daylight areas). The daylight area associated with the daylighting control receiving the PAF shall be shown on the building plans. PAFs shall
not be available for automatic daylighting controls required by Section 131(c)2B and C.
i. Power Adjustment Factor for controlling Primary Sidelit Daylight Areas: The PAF for the primary sidelit daylight area shall
be used only if the daylighting control is separately controlling lighting within the primary sidelit daylight area. If lighting in the primary sidelit area is controlled
together with lighting in the secondary sidelit area, the PAF for the secondary sidelit area in accordance with Section 146(a) 2Eii shall be used. The PAF is a function of the
effective aperture of the primary sidelit daylight area in accordance with Equation 146-A.
| Primary Sidelit Effective Aperture = |
Σ Window Area x VT
Pr imary Sidelit Daylight Area
|
Where,
Window Area = rough opening of windows adjacent to the sidelit area, ft²
Window VT = visible light transmittance of window, no units
Primary Sidelit Daylight Area = see Section 131(c)1 daylight area, primary sidelit
ii. Power Adjustment Factor for controlling secondary sidelit areas:
To qualify for the secondary sidelit daylight area PAF, the lighting in the secondary sidelit daylight area, or the lighting in the combined
primary and secondary sidelit areas shall be controlled separately from lighting outside of these sidelit areas. The PAF is a function of the effective aperture of the
secondary sidelit area in accordance with Equation 146-B.
EQUATION 146-B – EFFECTIVE APERTURE OF THE SECONDARY SIDELIT AREA
| Secondary Sidelit Effective Aperture = |
Σ Window Area VT
Secondary Sidelit Daylight Area + Primary Sidelit Daylight Area
|
Where,
Window Area = rough opening of windows adjacent to the sidelit area, ft²
Window VT = visible light transmittance of window, no units
Primary Sidelit Daylight Area = see Section 131(c)1B daylight area, primary sidelit
Secondary Sidelit Daylight Area = see Section 131(c)1C daylight area, secondary sidelit.
iii. Power Adjustment Factor for controlling skylit areas.
The PAF is a function of the lighting power density of the general lighting in the space and the effective aperture of the skylights shall be
determined in accordance with Equation 146-C.
EQUATION 146-C – EFFECTIVE APERTURE OF SKYLIGHTS
| Skylit Effective Aperture = |
0.85 Σ Skylight Area VT Well Efficiency
Skylit Daylight Area
|
Where,
Skylight Area = the area of each individual skylight
Skylit Daylight Area = see Section 131(c)1D daylight area, skylit
VT = visible light transmittance. The VT shall include all skylighting system accessories including diffusers, louvers and other attachments that
impact the diffusion of skylight into the space. The visible light transmittance of movable accessories shall be rated in the full open position. When the visible light
transmittance of glazing and accessories are rated separately, the overall glazing transmittance is the product of the visible light transmittances of the glazings and
accessories.
Well Efficiency equals the ratio of the amount of visible light leaving a skylight well to the amount of visible light entering the skylight
well. Well Efficiency shall be determined from Equation 146- F or Table 146-B for specular and tubular light wells and from Table 146-A for all other light wells, based on the
weighted average reflectance of the walls of the well and the geometry of the light well, or other test method approved by the Commission.
The well efficiency for non-specular or non-tubular light wells is based on the average weighted reflectance of the walls of the light well and
tstyle="padding-left:20px;"he well cavity ratio. The well cavity ratio (WCR) is determined by the geometry of the skylight well and shall be determined using either Equation
146-D or Equation 146-E.
EQUATION 146-D WELL CAVITY RATIO FOR RECTANGULAR WELLS
| WCR = ( |
5 x well height (well length + well width)
well length x well width
|
) ;or |
EQUATION 146-E WELL CAVITY RATIO FOR NON-RECTANGULAR-SHAPED WELLS:
| WCR = ( |
2.5 x well height x well perimeter
well area
|
) |
Where the well perimeter and well area are measured at the bottom of the well.
EQUATION 146-F WELL EFFICIENCY FOR SPECULAR TUBULAR LIGHT WELLS:
Where,
Ï = specular reflectance of interior light well wall
L/D = ratio of light well length to light well interior diameter
F. PAFs shall not be available for demand responsive lighting controls required by Section 131(g).
|
-
Lighting wattage excluded. The watts of the following lighting applications may be excluded from Section 146(c):
| A. |
In theme parks: Lighting for themes and special effects; |
| B. |
Studio lighting for film or photography provided that these lighting systems are separately switched from a general lighting system; |
| C. |
Lighting for dance floors, lighting for theatrical and other live performances, and theatrical lighting used for religious worship, provided that
these lighting systems are additions to a general lighting system and are separately controlled by a multiscene or theatrical cross-fade control station accessible only to
authorized operators; |
| D. |
In civic facilities, transportation facilities, convention centers, and hotel function areas: Lighting for temporary exhibits, if the lighting is
an addition to a general lighting system and is separately controlled from a panel accessible only to authorized operators; |
| E. |
Lighting installed by the manufacturer in refrigerated cases, walk-in freezers, vending machines, food preparation equipment, and scientific and
industrial equipment; |
| F. |
In medical and clinical buildings: Examination and surgical lights, low-ambient night-lights, and lighting integral to medical equipment, provided
that these lighting systems are additions to and separately switched from a general lighting system; |
| G. |
Lighting for plant growth or maintenance, if it is controlled by a multi-level astronomical time-switch control that complies with the applicable
provisions of Section 119; |
| H. |
Lighting equipment that is for sale; |
| I. |
Lighting demonstration equipment in lighting education facilities; |
| J. |
Lighting that is required for exit signs subject to the CBC. Exit signs shall meet the requirements of the Appliance Efficiency Regulations; |
| K. |
Exitway or egress illumination that is normally off and that is subject to the CBC; |
| L. |
In hotel/motel buildings: Lighting in guestrooms (lighting in hotel/motel guestrooms shall comply with Section 130(b); |
| M. |
In high-rise residential buildings: Lighting in dwelling units (Lighting in high-rise residential dwelling units shall comply with Section
130(b); |
| N. |
Temporary lighting systems; |
| O. |
Lighting in occupancy group U buildings less than 1000 square feet; |
| P. |
Lighting in unconditioned agricultural buildings less than 2500 square feet; |
| Q. |
Lighting systems in qualified historic buildings, as defined in the State Historic Building Code (Title 24, Part 8), are exempt from the lighting
power allowances, if they consist solely of historic lighting components or replicas of historic lighting components. If lighting systems in qualified buildings contain some
historic lighting components or replicas of historic components, combined with other lighting components, only those historic or historic replica components are exempt. All
other lighting systems in qualified historic buildings shall comply with the lighting power allowances; |
| R. |
Lighting in parking garages for seven or less vehicles: Lighting in parking garages for seven or less vehicles shall comply with the applicable
provisions of Section 150(k); |
| S. |
Lighting for signs: Signs shall comply with Section 148; |
| T. |
Lighting in a videoconferencing studio: Up to 2.5 watts per square foot of lighting in a videoconferencing studio, provided the videoconferencing
lighting is in addition to and separately switched from a general lighting system, all of the lighting is controlled by a multiscene programmable control system, and the video
conferencing studio has permanently installed videoconferencing cameras, audio equipment, and playback equipment; |
| U. |
Lighting for automatic teller machines that are located inside parking garages. |
- Luminaire Power. Luminaire power shall be determined in accordance with Section 130(d) and (e) or by a method approved by the Commission.
|
| (b) |
Indoor Lighting Power Trade-offs. Indoor lighting power trade-offs shall be determined as follows:
- Allowed lighting power determined according to the Complete Building Method may be traded only within a single building. Allowed lighting power shall not be traded between two or
more buildings using the Complete Building Method. Conditioned and unconditioned spaces shall be separate allotments, which shall be met separately without trade-offs between the
separate allotments.
- Allowed lighting power determined according to the Area Category Method may be traded between the primary function areas using the Area Category Method. Conditioned and
unconditioned spaces shall be separate allotments, which shall be met separately without trade-offs between the separate allotments.
EXCEPTION to Section 146(b)2: Additional lighting power allowed according to Table 146-F footnotes shall not be traded.
- Allowed lighting power for wall display, floor display and ornamental/special effects lighting determined according to the Tailored Method shall be separate allotments without
trade-offs between the separate allotments. Allowed lighting power for general illumination determined according to the Tailored Method may be traded only within the primary function
areas using the Tailored Method.
- Allowed lighting power shall not be traded between the Complete Building Method, Area Category Method, or Tailored Method.
EXCEPTION to Section 146(b)4: Allowed lighting power may be traded from primary function areas using the Area Category Method to primary function areas using the
Tailored Method.
- Trading off lighting power allowances between indoor and outdoor areas shall not be permitted.
|
| (c) |
Calculation of Allowed Indoor Lighting Power Density. The allowed indoor lighting power density for each building type of use, or each primary function area shall be
calculated using one and only one of the methods in Subsection 1, 2 or 3 as applicable.
- Complete Building Method. The Complete Building Method shall be used only on projects involving entire buildings with one type of use occupancy, mixed occupancy
buildings where one type of use occupancy makes up 90 percent of the entire building, or a tenant space where one type of use makes up 90 percent of the space. This approach shall
only be used when the applicant is applying for a lighting permit and submits plans and specifications for the entire building or the entire tenant space. Under this approach, the
allowed lighting power density is the lighting power density value in TABLE 146-E times the floor area of the entire building. Retail and wholesale stores, hotel/motel, and high-rise
residential buildings shall not use this method.
EXCEPTION to Section 146(c) 1: When using the Complete Building Method, if a parking garage and another Type of Use are part of a single building, the parking garage
portion of the building and the remaining portion of the building shall each separately use the Complete Building Method type of use categories from Table 146-E.
- Area Category Method. Under the Area Category Method, the total allowed lighting power for the building is the sum of all allowed lighting powers for all areas in
the building. For purposes of the Area Category Method, an "area" shall be defined as all contiguous spaces which accommodate or are associated with a single one of the primary
functions listed in TABLE 146-F . Where areas are bounded or separated by interior partitions, the floor space occupied by those interior partitions shall be included in any area. If
at the time of permitting a tenant is not identified for a multi-tenant space, the tenant leased space allowance from TABLE 146-F shall be used. When the Area Category Method is used
to calculate the allowed total lighting power for an entire building, main entry lobbies, corridors, restrooms, and support functions shall be treated as separate areas.
-
Tailored Method. The Tailored Method shall be used only on projects with primary function areas that do not use the Area Category Method.
Under the Tailored Method, the allowed indoor lighting power shall be calculated according to primary function type as permitted in column 1 of TABLE 146-G.
A. For all spaces, determine the general lighting allowance according to Section 146(c)3A.
| i. |
If a specific IESNA Illuminance Category is listed in Column 2 of TABLE 146-G, then such illuminance Category shall be used. Otherwise,
determine the illuminance category for each lighting primary function type according to categories specified in the IESNA Lighting Handbook (IESNA HB), using the
“Design Guide†for illuminance. Tasks that are performed less than 2 hours a day or poor quality tasks that can be improved shall not be employed
to justify use of Illuminance Categories E, F, or G. |
| ii. |
Determine the area of each primary function. |
| iii. |
Determine the room cavity ratio (RCR) for each primary function area. The RCR shall be calculated using either Equation 146-G or Equation 146-H. EQUATION 146-G ROOM CAVITY
RATIO FOR RECTANGULAR ROOMS
EQUATION 146-G ROOM CAVITY RATIO FOR RECTANGULAR ROOMS
| RCR |
5 x H x (L + W)
L x W
|
EQUATION 146-H ROOM CAVITY RATIO FOR IRREGULAR-SHAPED ROOMS
WHERE:
L = Length of room.
W = Width of room.
H = Vertical distance from the work plane to the centerline of the lighting fixture.
P = Perimeter of room.
A = Area of room.
iv. Multiply the area of each primary function by the allowed lighting power density for the illuminance category and RCR for each primary function area according to TABLE
146-I. The product or the actual installed lighting power for the primary function, whichever is less, is the Allowed General Lighting Power for the space.
|
B. Determine additional allowed power for display and decorative lighting according to Sections 146(c)3B. Displays that are installed against a wall shall not qualify for the floor
display lighting power allowances. Floor displays shall not qualify for the wall display allowances.
| i. |
Separate wall display lighting power is permitted if allowed by column 3 of TABLE 146-G. The allowed wall display lighting power is the smaller of:
| a. |
The product of the room wall lengths and the listed allowed power density watts per linear foot (W/lf) in column 3 of TABLE
146-G, if applicable,
or |
| b. |
The actual power of wall lighting systems.
The length of display walls shall include the length of the perimeter walls, including closable openings and permanent full height interior partitions. Permanent full
height partitions are those which extend from the floor to within 2 feet of the ceiling or are taller than 10 feet, and are permanently anchored to the floor. Commercial
and industrial storage stacks are not permanent full height partitions. For lighting mounting height of 11 feet 6 inches above the finished floor or higher, this amount
may be increased by multiplying the product by the appropriate factor from TABLE 146-H. Qualifying wall lighting systems shall be mounted within 10 feet of the wall and
shall be of a lighting system type appropriate for wall lighting including a lighting track, wallwasher, valance, cove, or accent light including adjustable or fixed
luminaires with PAR, R, MR, AR, or other projector lamp types.
|
|
| ii. |
Separate floor display lighting power is allowed if allowed by column 4 of TABLE 146-G. The allowed floor display lighting power is the smaller of:
| a. |
The product of the area of the primary function and the allowed floor display lighting power density listed in column 4 of TABLE 146-G, if
applicable,
or |
| b. |
The actual power of floor display lighting systems.
For display lighting mounting of 11 feet 6 inches above finished floor or higher, this amount may be increased by multiplying the product by the appropriate factor
from TABLE 146-H. Qualifying floor display lighting systems shall be mounted no closer than 2 feet to a wall and shall be a lighting system type such as track lighting,
adjustable or fixed luminaires with PAR, R, MR, AR, or other projector lamp types or employing optics providing directional display light from non-directional lamps.
Except for lighting that is external to display cases as defined below, lighting mounted inside of display cases shall also be considered floor display lighting.
|
|
| iii. |
Separate ornamental/special effects lighting power is permitted if allowed by column 5 of TABLE 146- G. If so, the allowed ornamental/special effects lighting power is the
smaller of:
| a. |
The product of the area of the primary function and the allowed ornamental/special effects lighting power density specified in
column 5 of TABLE 146-G, if applicable, or |
| b. |
The actual power of allowed ornamental/special effects lighting luminaires. Qualifying ornamental luminaires include chandeliers, sconces,
lanterns, neon and cold cathode, light emitting diodes, theatrical projectors, moving lights, and light color panels when used in a decorative manner that does not serve
as display lighting. Ornamental/special effects lighting shall not be the only light source in the space. |
|
| iv. |
In retail merchandise sales, museum, and religious worship, the smallest of the following separate lighting power for display cases presenting very valuable display items is
permitted:
| a. |
The product of the area of the primary function and 1.0 watt per square foot; or |
| b. |
The product of the area of the display case and 16 watts per square foot, or |
| c. |
The actual power of lighting for very valuable displays.
Qualifying lighting includes internal display case lighting or external lighting employing highly directional luminaires specifically designed to illuminate the case or
inspection area without spill light. To qualify for this allowance, cases shall contain jewelry, coins, fine china or crystal, precious stones, silver, small art objects
and artifacts, and/or valuable collections the display of which involves customer inspection of very fine detail from outside of a locked case. |
|
| v. |
Only the general portion of the lighting power determined in Section 146(c)3A above shall be used for tradeoffs among the various occupancy or task
types of the permitted space. The allowed wall display lighting power, the allowed floor display lighting power, the allowed ornamental/special effect lighting power, and the
allowed lighting power for very valuable displays are “use it or lose it†power allowances that shall not be traded off. |
| |
|
|
|
TABLE 146-A WELL EFFICIENCY FOR NON-SPECULAR OR NON-TUBULAR LIGHT WELLS
|
|
light well wall reflectance |
| WCR |
Ï = 99% |
Ï = 90% |
Ï = 80% |
Ï = 70% |
Ï = 60% |
Ï = 40% |
| 0 |
1.00 |
1.00 |
1.00 |
1.00 |
1.00 |
1.00 |
| 1 |
1.00 |
0.98 |
0.96 |
0.94 |
0.92 |
0.89 |
| 2 |
0.99 |
0.95 |
0.91 |
0.88 |
0.84 |
0.78 |
| 4 |
0.99 |
0.90 |
0.82 |
0.76 |
0.70 |
0.61 |
| 6 |
0.98 |
0.85 |
0.74 |
0.65 |
0.58 |
0.48 |
| 8 |
0.97 |
0.79 |
0.66 |
0.56 |
0.49 |
0.38 |
| 10 |
0.96 |
0.74 |
0.59 |
0.49 |
0.41 |
0.31 |
| 12 |
0.95 |
0.70 |
0.53 |
0.43 |
0.35 |
0.26 |
| 14 |
0.95 |
0.66 |
0.48 |
0.38 |
0.31 |
0.22 |
| 16 |
0.94 |
0.62 |
0.44 |
0.34 |
0.27 |
0.18 |
| 18 |
0.93 |
0.59 |
0.41 |
0.31 |
0.24 |
0.16 |
| 20 |
0.92 |
0.56 |
0.28 |
0.28 |
0.21 |
0.14 |
|
|
TABLE 146-B WELL EFFICIENCY FOR SPECULAR TUBULAR LIGHT WELLS
|
|
Light Well Reflectance (Ï) |
| L/D |
Ï = 99% |
Ï = 97% |
Ï = 95% |
Ï = 92% |
Ï = 90% |
Ï = 85% |
Ï = 80% |
| 0.5 |
0.99 |
0.97 |
0.95 |
0.91 |
0.89 |
0.84 |
0.78 |
| 1.0 |
0.98 |
0.94 |
0.89 |
0.83 |
0.79 |
0.70 |
0.61 |
| 1.5 |
0.97 |
0.90 |
0.84 |
0.76 |
0.71 |
0.58 |
0.48 |
| 2.0 |
0.96 |
0.87 |
0.80 |
0.69 |
0.63 |
0.49 |
0.37 |
| 2.5 |
0.95 |
0.85 |
0.75 |
0.63 |
0.56 |
0.41 |
0.29 |
| 3.0 |
0.94 |
0.82 |
0.71 |
0.58 |
0.50 |
0.34 |
0.23 |
| 3.5 |
0.93 |
0.79 |
0.67 |
0.53 |
0.44 |
0.29 |
0.18 |
| 4.0 |
0.92 |
0.76 |
0.64 |
0.48 |
0.39 |
0.24 |
0.14 |
| 4.5 |
0.91 |
0.74 |
0.60 |
0.44 |
0.35 |
0.20 |
0.11 |
| 5.0 |
0.90 |
0.71 |
0.57 |
0.40 |
0.31 |
0.17 |
0.09 |
| 5.5 |
0.88 |
0.68 |
0.52 |
0.35 |
0.26 |
0.13 |
0.06 |
| 6.0 |
0.87 |
0.65 |
0.48 |
0.30 |
0.22 |
0.10 |
0.04 |
|
|
TABLE 146-C LIGHTING POWER ADJUSTMENT FACTORS
|
| |
| TYPE OF CONTROL |
xx |
TYPE OF SPACE |
FACTOR |
| Multi-level occupant sensor (see Note 2) combined with
multilevel circuitry and switching in accordance with Section 146(a)2D |
|
Any space ≤ 250 square feet enclosed by
floor-to-ceiling partitions; any size classroom, corridor, conference or waiting room. |
0.20 |
| Multi-level occupant sensor (see Note 2) that
reduces lighting power at least 50% when no persons are present. May be a switching or dimming (see Note 3) system. |
|
Hallways of hotels/motels , multi-family, dormitory, and senior housing |
0.25 |
| Commercial and Industrial Storage stack areas (max. 2 aisles per sensor) |
0.15 |
| Library Stacks (maximum 2 aisles per sensor) |
0.15 |
| Dimming system |
|
|
|
Hotels/motels, restaurants, auditoriums, theaters |
0.10 |
|
|
|
Hotels/motels, restaurants, auditoriums, theaters |
0.20 |
| Demand responsive lighting control that reduces lighting
power consumption in response to a demand response signal. (See Note 1) |
|
All building types |
0.05 |
| Manual dimming with automatic load control of dimmable
electronic ballasts. |
|
All building types |
0.10 |
| Demand responsive lighting control that reduces lighting
power consumption in response to a demand response signal when used in combination with manual dimming of dimmable electronic ballasts (see Note 1 and 3). |
|
All building types |
0.15 |
| Combined controls |
| Multi-level occupant sensor (see Note 2) combined with multi-level circuitry and switching in accordance with Section
146(a)2D combined with automatic multi-level daylighting controls |
|
Any space ≤ 250 square feet within a daylit area and enclosed by floor-to-ceiling
partitions, any size classroom, corridor, conference or waiting room. The PAF may be added to the daylighting control credit |
0.10 |
| Manual dimming of dimmable electronic ballasts (see Note 3)
when used in combination with a multi-level occupant sensor (see Note 2) combined with multi-level circuitry and switching in accordance with Section 146(a)2D. |
|
Any space ≤ 250 square feet enclosed by
floor-to-ceiling partitions; any size classroom, corridor, conference or waiting room |
0.25 |
Automatic
multi-level
daylighting
controls
(See Note
1) |
Total primary sidelit daylight areas less than 2,500 ft² in an
enclosed space and all secondary sidelit areas. (see Note 4) |
|
|
Effective Aperture |
General Lighting
Power Density (W/ft²) |
>10% and ≤20% |
>20% and ≤35% |
>35% and ≤65% |
> 65% |
| All |
0.12 |
0.20 |
0.25 |
0.30 |
Total skylit daylight areas in an enclosed space less than 2,500 square feet, and where glazing
material or diffuser has ASTM D1003 haze measurement greater
than 90% |
General Lighting
Power Density (W/ft²) |
0.6% ≤ EA < 1% |
1% ≤ EA < 1.4% |
1.4% ≤ EA <
1.8% |
1.8% ≤ EA |
| LPD < 0.7 |
0.24 |
0.30 |
032 |
034 |
| 0.240.7 ≤ LPD< 1.0 |
0.18 |
0.26 |
0.30 |
0.32 |
| |
1.0 ≤ LPD < 1.4 |
0.12 |
0.22 |
0.26 |
0.28 |
| |
1.4 ≤ LPD |
0.08 |
0.20 |
0.24 |
0.28 |
NOTES FOR TABLE 146-C:
- PAFs shall not be available for lighting controls required by Title 24, Part 6.
- To qualify for the PAF the multi-level occupant sensor shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 119.
- To qualify for the PAF all dimming ballasts for T5 and T8 linear fluorescent lamps shall be electronic and shall be certified to the Commission with a minimum RSE in
accordance with Table 146-D.
- If the primary sidelit daylight area and the secondary sidelit daylight area are controlled together, the PAF is determined based on the secondary sidelit effective
aperture for both the primary sidelit daylight area and the secondary sidelit daylight area.
|
|
TABLE 146-D RELATIVE SYSTEM EFFICIENCY (RSE) FOR DIMMABLE ELECTRONIC BALLASTS USED TO QUALIFY FOR POWER ADJUSTMENT FACTOR
RSE is required only for dimmable electronic ballasts for T5 and T8 fluorescent lighting systems used to qualify for a PAF according to Note 2 for Table 146-C
|
| |
|
|
| Lamp Category |
1 or 2 Lamps |
|
1 x 28W Lamp |
2 x 28W Lamps |
1 x 54W HO
Lamps |
2 x 54W HO
Lamps |
| T5 |
0.85 |
|
3.03 |
1.51 |
1.57 |
0.78 |
| |
| |
Required Relative System Efficiency (RSE) |
Corresponding Ballast Efficacy Factor (BEF) 1 |
| Lamp Category |
1 Lamp |
2 or 3 Lamps |
4 Lamps |
|
1 x 32W Lamps |
2 x 32W Lamps |
3 x 32W Lamps |
4 x 32W Lamps |
| T8 |
0.86 |
0.90 |
0.98 |
|
2.69 |
1.4 |
0.93 |
0.76 |
|
1 To calculate corresponding BEFs for lamp wattages and number of lamps not shown, use the following formula: BEF=(--------)
| BEF = |
( |
RSEx100
# lamps x lamp watts
|
) |
| RSE = |
( |
BallastFactor
Ballast Input Power / Total Rated Lamp Power
|
) |
NOTE: Total Rated Lamp Power = number of Lamps per Ballast x Rated Lamp Power.
|
|
|
TABLE 146-E COMPLETE BUILDING METHOD LIGHTING POWER DENSITY VALUES (WATTS/FT²)
|
| TYPE OF USE |
ALLOWED LIGHTING POWER |
| Auditoriums |
1.5
|
| Classroom Building |
1.1
|
| Commercial and industrial storage buildings |
0.6
|
| Convention centers |
1.2
|
| Financial institutions |
1.1
|
General commercial and industrial work buildings
|
| High bay |
1.0
|
| Low bay |
1.0
|
| Grocery stores |
1.5
|
| Library |
1.3
|
| Medical buildings and clinics |
1.1
|
| Office buildings |
0.85
|
| Parking Garages |
0.3
|
| Religious facilities |
1.6
|
| Restaurants |
1.2
|
| Schools |
1.0
|
| Theaters |
1.3
|
| All others |
0.6 |
|
|
TABLE 146-F AREA CATEGORY METHOD - LIGHTING POWER DENSITY VALUES (WATTS/FT²)
|
PRIMARY FUNCTION |
|
ALLOWED LIGHTING
POWER (W/ft2) |
| Auditorium |
|
1.5 1
|
| Auto Repair |
|
0.9 2
|
| Beauty Salon |
|
1.7
|
| Civic Meeting Place |
|
1.3 1
|
| Classrooms, lecture, training, vocational room |
|
1.2 |
Commercial and industrial storage
(conditioned. & unconditioned.) |
|
0.6 |
| Commercial and industrial storage (refrigerated) |
|
0.7 |
| Convention, conference, multipurpose and meeting centers |
|
1.4 1 |
| Corridors, restrooms, stairs, and support areas |
|
0.6
|
| Dining |
|
1.1 1
|
| Electrical, mechanical, telephone rooms |
|
0.7 2
|
| Exercise center, gymnasium |
|
1.0
|
| Exhibit, museum |
|
2.0
|
| Financial transactions |
|
1.2 1
|
General commercial
and industrial work |
Low bay |
0.9 2
|
| High bay |
1.0 2
|
| Precision |
1.2 3
|
| Grocery sales |
|
1.6 |
| Hotel function area |
|
1.5 1 |
Housing, Public and
Commons Areas |
Multi-family, Dormitory |
1.0 |
| Senior Housing |
1.5 |
| Kitchen, food preparation |
|
1.6 |
|
| PRIMARY FUNCTION |
|
ALLOWED LIGHTING
POWER (W/ft2) |
| Laboratory, Scientific |
|
1.4 4
|
| Laundry |
|
0.9
|
| Library |
Reading areas |
1.2
|
| Stacks |
1.5
|
| Lobbies |
Hotel lobby |
1.1 1 |
| Main entry lobby |
1.5 1 |
| Locker/dressing room |
|
0.8 |
| Lounge/recreation |
|
1.1
|
| Malls and atria |
|
1.2 1
|
| Medical and clinical care |
|
1.2
|
| Offices |
> 250 square feet
|
0.9 |
| ≤ 250 square feet |
1.1 |
| Parking garage |
Parking Area |
.0.2
|
| Ramps and Entries |
0.6 |
| Religious worship |
|
1.5 1 |
Retail merchandise sales, wholesale
showrooms |
1.6 |
| Tenant lease space |
1.0 |
| Theaters |
Motion picture |
0.9 1 |
| Performance |
1.4 1 |
| Transportation Function |
|
1.2 |
| Waiting area |
|
1.1 1 |
| All other |
|
0.6 |
|
|
|
FOOTNOTES:
- The smallest of the following values may be added to the allowed lighting power for ornamental chandeliers and sconces that are in addition to and
switched or dimmed on circuits different from the circuits for general lighting:
| a. |
One watt per square foot times the area of the task space that the chandelier or sconce is in; or |
| b. |
The actual design wattage of the chandelier or sconce. |
- The smallest of the following values may be added to the allowed lighting power for specialized task work:
| a. |
0.5 watt per square foot times the area of the task space required for an art, craft assembly or manufacturing operation;
or |
| b. |
The actual design wattage of the luminaire(s) providing illuminance to the specialized task area.
For spaces employing this allowance, the plans shall clearly identify all task spaces using these tasks and the lighting equipment designed to
illuminate these tasks. Tasks that are performed less than two hours per day or poor quality tasks that can be improved are not eligible for this
specialized task work allowance. |
| |
|
- The smallest of the following values may be added to the allowed power for precision commercial and industrial work:
| a. |
One watt per square foot times the area of the task space required for the precision work; or |
| b. |
The actual design wattage of the luminaire(s) providing the illuminance to the precision task area.
For spaces employing this allowance, the plans shall clearly identify all task spaces using these tasks and the lighting equipment designed to
illuminate these tasks. Tasks that are performed less than two hours per day or poor quality tasks that can be improved are not eligible for this
precision task work allowance.
|
- The smallest of the following values may be added to the allowed lighting power for specialized task work:
| a. |
0.2 watt per square foot times the area of the task space required for a lab in a school; or |
| b. |
The actual design wattage of the luminaire(s) providing illuminance to the specialized task area. |
|
| TABLE 146-G TAILORED METHOD SPECIAL LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCES |
|
1
|
2
|
3
|
4
|
5
|
| Primary Function |
Illumination
Category
|
Wall Display
Power (W/ft)
|
Allowed Floor
Display Power
(W/ft²)
|
Allowed
Ornamental/
Special Effect
Lighting
|
|
Auditorium
|
D
|
2.25
|
0.3
|
0.5
|
|
Civic Meeting Place
|
D
|
3.15
|
0.2
|
0.5
|
|
Commercial and industrial storage
Inactive
Active: bulky items; large labels
Active: small items; small labels
|
|
|
|
|
| Convention, conference, multipurpose and meeting centers |
D
|
2.5
|
0.4
|
0.5
|
| Correction Facility cells and day rooms |
D
|
0
|
0
|
0
|
| Dining |
B
|
1.5
|
0.6
|
0.6
|
| Dressing room |
D
|
0
|
0
|
0
|
Education facilities
Classrooms, lecture, training, vocational room
Science Labs |
D
E
|
5.5.
5.5
|
0
0
|
0
0
|
| Exercise center, gymnasium |
IESNA HB
|
0
|
0
|
0
|
| Exhibit, museum |
C
|
20.0
|
1.4
|
0.7
|
| Financial Transactions |
D
|
3.15
|
0.2
|
0.6
|
Food Service Facilities
Butcher Shop, Food Display, Galley, Kitchen, Scullery
All other |
E
C
|
0
0
|
0
0
|
0
0
|
| Grocery store |
D
|
9.9
|
1.1
|
0
|
Housing, Public and Commons Areas
Multi-family
Dormitory, Senior Housing |
D
|
0
0
|
0
0
|
0.9
0.9
|
| Hotel function area |
D
|
2.25
|
0.2
|
0.5
|
| Laundry |
D
|
0
|
0
|
0
|
| Library (Reading areas, Stacks ) 1 |
D
|
0
|
0
|
0.6
|
Lobbies:
Hotel lobby
Main entry lobby |
C
C
|
3.15
|
0.2
0.2
|
0.60
|
| Locker 1 |
C
|
0
|
0
|
0
|
| Lounge/recreation |
C
|
7
|
0
|
0.7
|
| Malls and atria |
D
|
3.5
|
0.5
|
0.6
|
| Medical and clinical care |
IESNA HB
|
0
|
0
|
0
|
|
Office
Open office; Intensive VDT use
Open office; Intermittent VDT use
Private Office
|
D
E
E
|
0
|
0
|
0
|
| Police or fire stations |
IESNA HB
|
0
|
0
|
0
|
| Religious worship |
D
|
1.5
|
0.5
|
0.5
|
| Retail merchandise sales, wholesale showrooms |
D
|
17.0
|
12
|
0.7
|
| Public rest areas along state and federal roadways |
IESNA HB
|
0
|
0
|
0
|
| Stairways and corridors; toilets and washrooms |
B
|
0
|
0
|
0
|
| Tenant lease space |
C
|
0
|
0
|
0
|
|
|
1
|
2
|
3
|
4
|
5
|
|
Primary Function
|
Illumination
Category
|
Wall Display
Power (W/ft)
|
Allowed Floor
Display Power
(W/ft²)
|
Allowed
Ornamental/
Special Effect
Lighting
|
|
Theaters:
Motion picture
Performance
|
C
D
|
3
6
|
0
0
|
0.6
0.6
|
|
Transportation Function
|
D
|
3.15
|
0.3
|
0.6
|
|
Waiting area
|
C
|
3.15
|
0.2
|
0.6
|
| All other not included above |
IESNA HB
|
0
|
0
|
0
|
| 1Library stacks and locker rooms may use a room cavity ratio (RCR) of > 7 in Table 146-I. |
|
| TABLE 146-H ADJUSTMENTS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT ABOVE FLOOR |
Height in feet above finished floor and bottom
of luminaire(s) |
Floor Display - Multiply by |
Wall Display – Multiply by |
| 11’ 6” or less |
1.0 |
1.0 |
| >11’ 6” |
1.2 |
1.15 |
| >16’ |
1.4 |
1.35 |
| > 20’ |
2.0 |
1.75 |
|
| TABLE 146-I ILLUMINANCE CATEGORIES A THROUGH G LIGHTING POWER DENSITY VALUES (WATTS/FT2) |
|
IESNA Illuminance Category
|
RCR<3.5
|
3.5<RCR<7.0
|
RCR>7.0
|
|
A
|
0.2
|
0.3
|
0.4
|
|
B
|
0.4
|
0.5
|
0.7
|
|
C
|
0.6
|
0.8
|
1.1
|
|
D
|
0.9
|
1.2
|
1.4
|
|
E
|
1.3
|
1.8
|
2.5
|
|
F
|
2.7
|
3.5
|
4.7
|
|
G
|
8.1
|
10.5
|
13.7
|
|
|
SECTION 147 – REQUIREMENTS FOR OUTDOOR LIGHTING
|
| |
This section applies to all outdoor lighting, whether attached to buildings, poles, structures or self supporting, including but not limited to, hardscape areas
including parking lots, lighting for building entrances, sales and non-sales canopies; lighting for all outdoor sales areas; and lighting for building facades.
EXCEPTIONS to Section 147: When more than 50 percent of the light from a luminaire falls on one or more of the following applications, the lighting power
for that luminaire shall be exempt from Section 147(b):
- Temporary outdoor lighting
- Lighting required and regulated by the Federal Aviation Administration, and the Coast Guard.
- Lighting for public streets, roadways, highways, and traffic signage lighting, including lighting for driveway entrances occurring in the public right-of-way.
- Lighting for sports and athletic fields, and children’s playground.
- Lighting for industrial sites, including but not limited to, rail yards, maritime shipyards and docks, piers and marinas, chemical and petroleum processing plants,
and aviation facilities
- Lighting specifically for Automated Teller Machines as required by California Financial Code Section 13040, or required by law through a local ordinance.
- Lighting of public monuments.
- Signs shall meet the requirements of Section 148.
- Lighting used in or around swimming pools, water features, or other locations subject to Article 680 of the California Electrical Code.
- Lighting of tunnels, bridges, stairs, wheelchair elevator lifts for American with Disabilities Act (ADA) compliance, and ramps that are other than parking garage
ramps.
- Landscape lighting.
- In theme parks: outdoor lighting for themes and special effects.
- Lighting for outdoor theatrical and other outdoor live performances, provided that these lighting systems are additions to area lighting systems and are controlled
by a multiscene or theatrical cross-fade control station accessible only to authorized operators.
- Outdoor lighting systems for qualified historic buildings, as defined in the California Historic Building Code (Title 24, Part 8), if they consist solely of historic
lighting components or replicas of historic lighting components. If lighting systems for qualified historic buildings contain some historic lighting components or
replicas of historic components, combined with other lighting components, only those historic or historic replica components are exempt. All other outdoor lighting
systems for qualified historic buildings shall comply with Section 147.
|
| (a) |
Outdoor Lighting Power Trade-offs. Outdoor lighting power trade-offs shall be determined as follows:
- Allowed lighting power determined according to Section 147(d)1 for general hardscape lighting allowance may be traded to specific applications in Section 147(d)2,
provided the hardscape area from which the lighting power is traded continues to be illuminated in accordance with Section 147(d)1A.
- Allowed lighting power determined according to Section 147(d)2 for additional lighting power allowances for specific applications shall not be traded between
specific applications, or to hardscape lighting in Section 147(d)1.
- Allowed lighting power determined according to Section 147(d)3 for additional lighting power allowances for local ordinance shall not be traded to specific
applications in Section 147(d)2 or to hardscape areas not covered by the local ordinance.
- Trading off lighting power allowances between outdoor and indoor areas shall not be permitted.
|
| (b) |
Outdoor Lighting Power. An outdoor lighting installation complies with this section if the actual outdoor lighting power installed is no
greater than the allowed outdoor lighting power calculated under Subsection (d). The allowed outdoor lighting shall be calculated by Lighting Zone as defined in Section
10-114. Local governments may amend lighting zones in compliance with Section 10-114. |
| (c) |
Calculation of Actual Lighting Power. The wattage of outdoor luminaires shall be determined in accordance with Section 130(d). |
| (d) |
Calculation of Allowed Lighting Power. The allowed lighting power shall be the combined total of the sum of the general hardscape lighting allowance determined in
accordance with Section 147(d)1, the sum of the additional lighting power allowance for specific applications determined in accordance with Section 147(d)2, and the sum of
the additional
lighting power allowances for local ordinance determined in accordance with Section 147(d)3.
- General Hardscape Lighting Allowance. Determine the general hardscape lighting power allowances as follows:
| A. |
The general hardscape area of a site shall include parking lot(s), roadway(s), driveway(s), sidewalk(s), walkway(s), bikeway(s), plaza(s), and other improved
area(s) that are illuminated. In plan view of the site, determine the illuminated hardscape area, which is defined as any hardscape area that is within a square
pattern
around each luminaire or pole that is 10 times the luminaire mounting height with the luminaire in the middle of the pattern, less any areas that are within a
building, beyond the hardscape area, beyond property lines, or obstructed by a structure. The illuminated hardscape area shall include portions of planters and
landscaped areas that are within the lighting application and are less than or equal to 10 feet wide in the short dimensions and are enclosed by hardscape or
other improvement on at least three sides. Multiply the illuminated hardscape area by the Area Wattage Allowance (AWA) from Table 147-A for the appropriate
Lighting Zone. B. Determine the perimeter length of the general hardscape area. The total perimeter shall not include portions of hardscape that is not
illuminated according to Section 147(d)1A. Multiply the hardscape perimeter by the Linear Wattage Allowance (LWA) for hardscape from Table 147-A for the
appropriate lighting zone. The perimeter length for hardscape around landscaped areas and permanent planters shall be determined as follows:
| i. |
Landscaped areas completely enclosed within the hardscape area, and which have width or length less than 10 feet
wide, shall not be added to the hardscape perimeter length. |
| ii. |
Landscaped areas completely enclosed within the hardscape area, and which width or length are a minimum of 10 feet wide, the
perimeter of the landscaped areas or permanent planter shall be added to the hardscape perimeter length. |
| iii. |
Landscaped edges that are not abutting the hardscape shall not be added to the hardscape perimeter length. |
| |
|
|
| C. |
Determine the Initial Wattage Allowance (IWA) for general hardscape lighting from Table 147-A for the appropriate lighting zone. The
hardscape area shall be permitted one IWA per site. |
| D. |
The general hardscape lighting allowance shall be the sum of the allowed watts determined from (A), (B) and (C)
above. |
- Additional Lighting Power Allowance for Specific Applications: Additional lighting power for specific applications shall be the smaller of the additional lighting
allowances for specific applications determined in accordance with Table 147-B for the appropriate lighting zone, or the actual installed lighting power meeting
the
requirements for the allowance.
- Additional Lighting Power Allowance for Local Ordinance Requirements: For hardscape areas, including parking lots, site roadways, driveways, sidewalks, walkways or
bikeways, when specific light levels are required by law through a local ordinance, and provided the local ordinance meets Section 10-114, additional lighting power
for
those hardscape areas covered by the local ordinance requirement shall be the smaller of the additional lighting allowances for local ordinance determined from Table
147-C for the appropriate lighting zone, or the actual installed lighting power meeting the requirements for the allowance.
|
| TABLE 147-A GENERAL HARDSCAPE LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCE |
| |
| Type of Power Allowance |
Lighting Zone 1
|
Lighting Zone 2
|
Lighting Zone 3
|
Lighting Zone 4
|
| Area Wattage Allowance (AWA) |
0.036 W/ft2
|
0.045 W/ft2
|
0.092 W/ft2
|
770 W
|
| Linear Wattage Allowance (LWA) |
0.36 W/lf
|
0.45 W/lf
|
0.92 W/lf
|
1.15 W/lf
|
| Initial Wattage Allowance (IWA) |
340 W
|
510 W
|
770 W
|
1030 W
|
|
|
TABLE 147-B ADDITIONAL LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCE FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS
All area and distance measurements in plan view unless otherwise noted.
|
| |
Lighting Application |
Lighting
Zone 1
|
Lighting
Zone 2
|
Lighting
Zone 3
|
Lighting
Zone 4
|
| WATTAGE ALLOWANCE PER APPLICATION. Use all that apply as appropriate |
| |
Building Entrances or Exits. Allowance per door. Luminaires qualifying for this allowance shall be within 20 feet of the door. |
30
watts
|
75
watts
|
100
watts
|
120
watts
|
| |
Primary Entrances to Senior Care Facilities, Police Stations, Hospitals, Fire Stations, and Emergency Vehicle Facilities. Allowance per primary
entrance(s) only. Primary entrances shall provide access for the general public and shall not be used exclusively for staff or service personnel. This allowance shall
be in addition to the building entrance or exit allowance above. Luminaires qualifying for this allowance shall be within 100 feet of the primary entrance. |
45
watts
|
80
watts
|
120
watts
|
130
watts
|
| |
Drive Up Windows. Allowance per customer service location. Luminaires qualifying for this allowance shall be within 2 mounting heights of the sill
of the window. |
40
watts
|
75
watts
|
125
watts
|
200
watts
|
| |
Vehicle Service Station Uncovered Fuel Dispenser. Allowance per fueling dispenser. Luminaires qualifying for this allowance shall be within 2
mounting heights of the dispenser. |
120
watts
|
175
watts
|
185
watts
|
330
watts
|
| WATTAGE ALLOWANCE PER UNIT LENGTH (w/linear ft). May be used for one or two frontage side(s) per site. |
| |
Outdoor Sales Frontage. Allowance for frontage immediately adjacent to the principal viewing location(s) and
unobstructed for its viewing length. A corner sales lot may include two adjacent sides provided that a different principal
viewing location exists for each side. Luminaires qualifying for this allowance shall be located between the principal viewing location and the frontage outdoor sales
area. |
No
Allowance
|
22.5
W/linear ft
|
36
W/linear ft
|
45
W/linear ft
|
| WATTAGE ALLOWANCE PER HARDSCAPE AREA (W/ft2). May be used for any illuminated hardscape area on the site. |
| |
Hardscape Ornamental Lighting. Allowance for the total site illuminated hardscape area. Luminaires qualifying for this allowance shall be
rated for 100 watts or less as determined in accordance with Section 130(d), and shall be posttop
luminaires, lanterns, pendant luminaires, or chandeliers. |
No
Allowance
|
0.02
W/ft2
|
0.04
W/ft2
|
0.06
W/ft2
|
| WATTAGE ALLOWANCE PER SPECIFIC AREA (W/ft2). Use as appropriate provided that none of the following specific applications shall be used for the
same area. |
| |
Building Facades. Only areas of building façade that are illuminated shall qualify for this allowance. Luminaires qualifying for this
allowance shall be aimed at the façade and shall be capable of illuminating it without obstruction or interference by permanent building features or other
objects.
|
No
Allowance
|
0.18
W/ft2
|
0.35
W/ft2
|
0.50
W/ft2
|
| |
Outdoor Sales Lots. Allowance for uncovered sales lots used exclusively for the display of vehicles or other merchandise for sale. Driveways,
parking lots or other non sales areas shall be considered hardscape areas even if these areas are completely surrounded by sales lot on all sides. Luminaires
qualifying for this allowance shall be within 5 mounting heights of the sales lot area. |
0.164
W/ft2
|
0.555
W/ft2
|
0.758
W/ft2
|
1.285
W/ft2
|
| |
Vehicle Service Station Hardscape. Allowance for the total illuminated hardscape area less area of buildings, under canopies, off property, or
obstructed by signs or structures. Luminaires qualifying for this allowance shall be
illuminating the hardscape area and shall not be within a building, below a canopy, beyond property lines, or obstructed by a sign or other structure. |
0.014
W/ft2
|
0.155
W/ft2
|
0.308
W/ft2
|
0.485
W/ft2
|
| |
Vehicle Service Station Canopies Allowance for the total area within the drip line of the canopy. Luminaires qualifying for this allowance shall
be located under the canopy. |
0.514
W/ft2
|
1.005
W/ft2
|
1.358
W/ft2
|
2.285
W/ft2
|
| |
Sales Canopies Allowance for the total area within the drip line of the canopy. |
No
|
0.655
|
0.908
|
1.135
|
| |
Luminaires qualifying for this allowance shall be located under the canopy. |
Allowance
|
W/ft2
|
W/ft2
|
W/ft2
|
| |
Non-sales Canopies. Allowance for the total area within the drip line of the canopy. Luminaires qualifying for this allowance shall be located
under the canopy. |
0.084
W/ft2
|
0.205
W/ft2
|
0.408
W/ft2
|
0.585
W/ft2
|
| |
Guard Stations. Allowance up to 1,000 square feet per vehicle lane. Guard stations provide access to secure areas controlled by security personnel
who stop and may inspect vehicles and vehicle occupants, including identification,
documentation, vehicle license plates, and vehicle contents. Qualifying luminaires shall be within 2 mounting heights of a vehicle lane or the guardhouse |
0.154
W/ft2
|
3.55
W/ft2
|
0.708
W/ft2
|
0.985
W/ft2
|
| |
Student Pick-up/Drop-off zone. Allowance for the area of the student pickup/ drop-off zone, with or without canopy, for
preschool through 12th grade school campuses. A student pick-up/drop off zone is a curbside, controlled traffic area on
a school campus where students are picked-up and dropped off from vehicles. The allowed area shall be the smaller of the actual width or 25 feet, times the smaller of
the actual length or 250 feet. Qualifying luminaires shall be within 2 mounting heights of the student pick-up/drop-off zone. |
No
Allowance
|
0.12
W/ft2
|
0.45
W/ft2
|
No
Allowance
|
| |
Outdoor Dining. Allowance for the total illuminated hardscape of outdoor dining. Outdoor dining areas are hardscape areas used to serve and
consume food and beverages. Qualifying luminaires shall be within 2 mounting heights of the
hardscape area of outdoor dining. |
0.014
W/ft2
|
0.135
W/ft2
|
0.258
W/ft2
|
0.435
W/ft2
|
| |
Special Security Lighting for Retail Parking and Pedestrian Hardscape. This additional allowance is for illuminated
retail parking and pedestrian hardscape identified as having special security needs. This allowance shall be in addition to the building entrance or exit
allowance. |
0.007
W/ft2
|
0.009
W/ft2
|
0.019
W/ft2
|
No
Allowance
|
|
| TABLE 147-C ADDITIONAL LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCE FOR ORDINANCE REQUIREMENTS |
| ADDITIONAL LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCE (W/ft2) WHEN AVERAGE LIGHT LEVELS ARE REQUIRED BY LOCAL ORDINANCE. |
Required (horizontal footcandles,
AVERAGE) |
Lighting Zone 1
|
Lighting Zone 2
|
Lighting Zone 3
|
Lighting Zone 4
|
| 0.5 |
0
|
0
|
0
|
0
|
| 1.0 |
0.004
|
0
|
0
|
0
|
| 1.5 |
0.024
|
0.015
|
0
|
0
|
| 2.0 |
0.044
|
0.035
|
0
|
0
|
| 3.0 |
0.084
|
0.075
|
0.028
|
0.005
|
| 4.0 or greater |
0.124
|
0.115
|
0.068
|
0.045
|
ADDITIONAL LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCE (W/ft2) WHEN MINIMUM LIGHT LEVELS ARE REQUIRED BY LOCAL
ORDINANCE. |
|
Required (horizontal footcandles,
MINIMUM)
|
Lighting Zone 1
|
Lighting Zone
|
Lighting Zone 3
|
Lighting Zone 4
|
|
0.5
|
0.004
|
0
|
0
|
0
|
|
1.0
|
0.044
|
0.035
|
0
|
0
|
|
1.5
|
0.124
|
0.115
|
0.068
|
0.045
|
|
2.0
|
0.164
|
0.155
|
0.108
|
0.085
|
|
3.0
|
0.164
|
0.155
|
0.108
|
0.085
|
|
4.0 or greater
|
0.164
|
0.155
|
0.108
|
0.085
|
|
|
SECTION 148 – REQUIREMENTS FOR SIGNS
|
| This section applies to all internally illuminated and externally illuminated signs, unfiltered light emitting diodes (LEDs), and unfiltered neon, both
indoor and outdoor. Each sign shall comply with either subsection (a) or (b), as applicable. |
| (a) |
Maximum Allowed Lighting Power.
- 1. For internally illuminated signs, the maximum allowed lighting power shall not exceed the product of the illuminated sign area and 12 watts per square foot. For
double-faced signs, only the area of a single face shall be used to determine the allowed lighting power.
- For externally illuminated signs, the maximum allowed lighting power shall not exceed the product of the illuminated sign area and 2.3 watts per square foot. Only
areas of an externally lighted sign that are illuminated without obstruction or interference, by one or more luminaires, shall be used
|
| (b) |
Alternate Lighting Sources. The sign shall comply if it is equipped only with one or more of the following light sources:
- High pressure sodium lamps; or
- Metal halide lamps that are:
A. Pulse start or ceramic served by a ballast that has a minimum efficiency of 88 percent or greater, or
B. Pulse start that are 320 watts or smaller, are not 250 watt or 175 watt lamps, and are served by a ballast that has a minimum efficiency of 80 percent.
Where ballast efficiency is the measured output wattage to the lamp divided by the measured operating input wattage when tested according to ANSI C82.6-2005; or
- Neon or cold cathode lamps with transformer or power supply efficiency greater than or equal to following:
A. A minimum efficiency of 75 percent when the transformer or power supply rated output current is less than 50
mA; or
B. A minimum efficiency of 68 percent when the transformer or power supply rated output current is 50 mA or
greater.
Where the ratio of the output wattage to the input wattage is at 100 percent tubing load; or
- Fluorescent lamps with a minimum color rendering index (CRI) of 80; or
- Light emitting diodes (LEDs) with a power supply having an efficiency of 80 percent or greater; or
EXCEPTION to Section 148(b)5. Single voltage external power supplies that are designed to convert 120 volt
AC input into lower voltage DC or AC output, and have a nameplate output power less than or equal to 250
watts, shall comply with the applicable requirements of the Appliance Efficiency Regulations (Title 20).
- Compact fluorescent lamps that do not contain a medium screw base sockets (E24/E26) ; or
- Electronic ballasts with a fundamental output frequency not less than 20 kHz;
EXCEPTION 1 to Section 148: Unfiltered incandescent lamps that are not part of an electronic message center
(EMC), an internally illuminated sign, or an externally illuminated sign.
EXCEPTION 2 to Section 148: Exit signs. Exit signs shall meet the requirements of the Appliance Efficiency
Regulations.
EXCEPTION 3 to Section 148: Traffic Signs. Traffic signs shall meet the requirements of the Appliance Efficiency Regulations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 Vermont Guidelines for Energy Efficient Commercial Construction
Electrical Power and Lighting Systems – Section 805
Interior Power Densities
Interior Power Allowances
| Building Area Type |
W/ft2 |
|
| Automotive facility |
0.9 |
|
| Convention center |
1.2 (1.5 tenant area method) |
|
| Courthouse |
1.2 |
|
| Dining: bar lounge/leisure |
1.3 (1.4 tenant area) |
|
| Dining: cafeteria/fast food |
1.4 (1.7) |
|
| Dining: family |
1.6 (1.7) |
|
| Dormitory |
1.0 |
|
| Exercise center |
1.0 (1.4) |
|
| Gymnasium |
1.1 (1.9 tenant area) |
|
| Healthcare clinic |
1.0 (1.6) |
|
| Hospital |
1.2 (1.6) |
|
| Hotel |
1.0 (2.4 tenant area) |
|
| Library |
1.3 (1.5) |
|
| Manufacturing Facility |
1.3 (2.1 to 3.0) |
|
| Motel |
1.0 |
|
| Motion picture theater |
1.2 |
|
| Multifamily |
0.7 |
| Museum |
1.1(1.6) |
| Office |
1.0(1.3) |
| Parking garage |
0.3 |
| Penitentiary |
1.0 |
| Performing arts theater |
1.6 (1.4) |
| Police/fire station |
1.0 |
| Post office |
1.1 |
| Religious building |
1.3 (2.2) |
| Retail |
1.5 (1.9) |
| School/university |
1.2 (1.5) |
| Sports arena |
1.1 |
| Town Hall |
1.1 |
| Transportation |
1.0 |
| Warehouse |
0.8 (1.0 tenant area) |
| Workshop |
1.4 |
Exterior Power Allowances
| Tradable Surfaces – Lighting power densities for uncovered parking areas; building grounds; building entrances and exits; canopies and overhangs’ and outdoor sales
areas may be traded |
| APPLICATION |
LIGHTING POWER DENSITIES |
| Uncovered Parking Area |
|
| Parking lots and drives |
0.15 W/ft2 |
| Building grounds |
|
| Walkways less than 10 feet wide |
1.0 watts/linear foot |
| Walkways 10 feet or wider, plaza area and special features |
0. W/ft2 |
| Stairways |
1.0 W/ft2 |
| Building Entrances and Exits |
|
| Main entries |
30 watts/linear foot of door width |
| Other Doors |
20 watts/linear foot of door width |
| Canopies and Overhangs |
|
| Canopies (free standard, attached and over hangs) |
1.25 W/ft2 |
| Outdoor Sales |
|
| Open areas (including vehicle sales lots) |
0.5 W/ft2 |
| Street frontage for vehicle sales lots in addition to “open area” allowance |
20 watts/linear foot |
| Non-Tradable Surfaces |
|
| Building facades |
025 W/ft2 for each illuminated wall or surface or 5.0 watts/linear foot for each illuminated wall or surface length |
| Automated Teller Machines and Night Depositories |
270 watts per location plus 90 watts per additional ATM per location |
| Entrances and gatehouse inspection stations at Guarded facilities |
1.25 W/ft2 of uncovered area (covered areas are included I the Canopies and Overhangs section of Tradable Surfaces) |
| Loading areas for law enforcement, fire, ambulance and other emergency service vehicles |
0.5 W/ft2 of uncovered area (covered areas are included I the Canopies and Overhangs section of Tradable Surfaces) |
| Drive-up windows at fast food restaurants |
400 watts per drive-through |
| Parking near 24- hour retail entrances |
800 watts per main entry |
City of Seattle Energy Code
Calculating Daylighted Zones
505.1 Hotels and Motels
1510 Compliance Paths for Lighting and Lighting Controls
1512 Exempt Spaces and Equipment
1513 Lighting Controls Introduction
1513.1 Local Control and Accessibility
1513.2 Area Controls
1513.3 Daylight Zone Control
1513.4 Display, Exhibition, and Specialty Lighting Controls
1513.5 Automatic Shut-Off Controls, Exterior
1513.6 Automatic Shut-Off Controls, Interior
1513.6.1 Occupancy Sensors
1513.6.2 Automatic Time Switches
1513.7 Commissioning Requirements
1530 Lighting Power Allowance Option
1531 Interior Lighting Power Allowance
1532 Exterior Lighting Power Allowance
1533 Lighting Integral to Outdoor Signs and Billboards
Table 15-1 Unit Lighting Power Allowance (LPA)
TMC 2.10.050 Appeals
DAYLIGHTED ZONE:
- Under overhead glazing: the area under overhead glazing whose horizontal dimension, in each direction, is equal to the overhead glazing dimension in that direction plus either the floor to
ceiling height or the dimension to a ceiling height opaque partition, or one-half the distance to adjacent overhead or vertical glazing, whichever is least.
- At vertical glazing: the area adjacent to vertical glazing which receives daylighting from the glazing. For purposes of this definition and unless more detailed daylighting analysis is
provided, the daylighting zone depth is assumed to extend into the space a distance of 15 feet or to the nearest ceiling height opaque partition, whichever is less. The daylighting zone width is
assumed to be the width of the window plus either two feet on each side (the distance to an opaque partition) or one-half the distance to adjacent overhead or vertical glazing, whichever is
least.
51-11-0505 Lighting
505.1 Lighting Controls: Hotel and motel guest rooms and guest suites shall have a master control device at the main room entry that controls all permanently installed luminaires
and switched receptacles.
…
TMC 2.10.040 Amendment to WAC 51-11-1500 Chapter 15 — Lighting and Motors
…
1510 General requirements ... Lighting systems shall comply with one of the following paths:
Figure 15A Lighting and Motor Compliance Options
(Partial Excerpt of Table showing lighting only)
| Section Number |
Subject |
Lighting Power Allowance Optrion |
Systems AnalysisOption |
| 1512 |
Exempt Lighting |
X
|
X
|
| 1513 |
Lighting Controls |
X
|
X
|
| 1530 |
Lighting Power Allowance Option
|
X
|
X
|
| 1531 |
Interior Lighting Power Allowance
|
X
|
X
|
| 1532 |
Exterior Lighting Power Allowance |
X
|
X
|
1512 Exempt Lighting.
1512.1 Exempt Spaces. The following rooms, spaces, and areas are exempt from the lighting power requirements in Section 1530, but shall comply with all other requirements of
this chapter:
- Areas in which medical or dental tasks are performed;
- High risk security areas or any area identified by building officials as requiring additional lighting
- Lighting Power Allowance Option. Interior Section 1531 or Exterior Section 1532.
- Systems Analysis. See Section 1141.4.
- The compliance path selected for interior and exterior lighting need not be the same. However, interior and exterior lighting cannot be traded.
- Spaces designed for primary use by the visually impaired, hard of hearing (lip-reading), or by senior citizens;
- Food preparation areas;
- Outdoor manufacturing, greenhouses, and processing areas;
- Electrical/mechanical equipment rooms;
- Outdoor athletic facilities;
- Inspection and restoration areas in galleries and museums; and
- The sanctuary portion of a house of worship, defined as the space or room where the worship service takes place. Classrooms, meeting rooms, offices, and multipurpose rooms that are part of
the same facility are not exempt.
1512.2 Exempt Lighting Equipment. The following lighting equipment and tasks need not be included when calculating the installed lighting power under
Section 1530, but shall comply with all other requirements of this chapter. All other lighting in areas that are not exempted by Section 1512.2, where exempt tasks and equipment are used, shall
comply with all requirements of this chapter:
- Special lighting needs for research;
- Emergency lighting that is automatically OFF during normal building operation;
- Permanently ballasted lighting fixtures for walkways and pathways;
- Lighting that is part of machines, equipment, or furniture;
- Lighting that is used solely for indoor plant growth during the hours of 10:00 p.m. to 6:00 a.m.;
- Lighting for theatrical productions, television broadcasts (including sports facilities), audio visual presentations, and special effects lighting for stage areas and dance floors in
entertainment facilities;
- Lighting for art exhibits, non-retail displays, portable plug-in display fixtures, and showcase lighting;
- Exterior lighting for public monuments; and
- Lighting used for forming the letters used in messages on message boards. Such lighting shall be on an automatic timer switch, meeting the requirements of Section 1513.6.2.
1513 Lighting Controls. Lighting, including exempt lighting in Section 1512, shall comply with this section.
Where occupancy sensors are cited, they shall have the features listed in Section 1513.6.1.
Where automatic time switches are cited, they shall have the features listed in Section 1513.6.2.
1513.1 Local Control and Accessibility. Each space, enclosed by walls or ceiling-height partitions, shall be provided with lighting controls located within that space. The
lighting controls, whether one or more, shall be capable of turning off all lights within the space. The controls shall be readily accessible, at the point of entry and/or exit, to personnel
occupying or using the space.
EXCEPTIONS: The following lighting controls may be centralized in remote locations:
- Lighting controls for spaces which must be used as a whole;
- Automatic controls;
- Controls requiring trained operators; and
- Controls for safety hazards and security.
1513.2 Area Controls. The maximum lighting power that may be controlled from a single switch or automatic control shall not exceed that which is provided by a 20 ampere circuit
loaded to not more than 80 percent. A master control may be installed provided the individual switches retain their capability to function independently. Circuit breakers may not be used as the
sole means of switching.
EXCEPTIONS:
- Industrial or manufacturing process areas, as may be required for production; and
- Areas less than 5 percent of the building footprint for footprints over 100,000 squarefeet.
1513.3 Daylight Zone Control. All daylighted zones, as defined in Chapter 2, both under overhead glazing and adjacent to vertical glazing, shall be provided with individual
controls, or daylight or occupant-sensing automatic controls, which control the lights independent of general area lighting.
Contiguous daylight zones adjacent to vertical glazing are allowed to be controlled by a single controlling device provided that they do not include zones facing more than two adjacent
cardinal orientations (i.e., north, east, south, west). Daylight zones under overhead glazing more than 15 feet from the perimeter shall be controlled separately from daylight zones adjacent to
vertical glazing.
EXCEPTION: Daylight spaces enclosed by walls or ceiling height partitions and containing two or fewer light fixtures are not required to have a separate switch for general
area lighting.
1513.4 Display, Exhibition, and Specialty Lighting Controls. All display, exhibition, or specialty lighting shall be controlled independently of general area lighting.
1513.5 Automatic Shut-Off Controls, Exterior. Exterior lighting shall be automatically switched by timer, photocell, or a combination of timer and photocell. Automatic time
switches shall also have program back-up capabilities, which prevent the loss of program and time settings for at least ten hours, if power is interrupted. Automatic timer switches shall meet the
requirements of Section 1513.6.2
EXCEPTION: The administrative authority may authorize continuous operation of exterior lights, for purposes of safety, or to provide direction.
1513.6 Automatic Shut-Off Controls, Interior. Office buildings and retail and wholesale stores greater than 5,000 sq. ft., and all school classrooms shall be equipped with
separate automatic controls to shut off the lighting during non-business hours. Automatic controls may be an occupancy sensor, time switch, or other device capable of automatically shutting off
lighting. Automatic time switches shall also have program back-up capabilities, which prevent the loss of program and time settings for at least ten hours, if power is interrupted.
EXCEPTIONS:
- Areas that must be continuously illuminated, or illuminated in a manner requiring manual operation of the lighting.
- Emergency lighting systems.
- Switching for industrial or manufacturing process facilities as may be required for production.
- Security or safety lighting not to exceed 0.25 watts/sq.ft.
- Retail and wholesale stores equipped with High Intensity Discharge (HID) lighting.
1513.6.1 Occupancy Sensors. Occupancy sensors shall be capable of automatically turning off all the lights in an area, no more than 30 minutes after the area has been
vacated.
1513.6.2 Automatic Time Switches. Automatic time switches shall have a minimum seven-day clock and be capable of being set for seven-day different day types per week and
incorporate an automatic holiday "shut-off" feature, which turns off all loads for at least 24 hours and then resumes normally scheduled operations. Automatic time switches shall also have
program back-up capabilities, which prevent the loss of program and time settings for at least ten hours, if power is interrupted.
Automatic time switches shall incorporate an override switching device which:
- is readily accessible;
- is located so that a person using the device can see the lights or the areas controlled by the switch, or so that the area being illuminated is annunciated;
- is manually operated;
- allows the lighting to remain on for no more than two hours when an override is initiated; and
- controls an area not exceeding 5,000 square feet or 5 percent of footprint for footprints over 100,000 square feet, whichever is greater.
1513.7 Commissioning Requirements. For lighting controls which include daylight or occupant sensing automatic controls, automatic shut-off controls, occupancy sensors, or
automatic time switches, the lighting controls shall be tested to ensure that control devices, components, equipment, and systems are calibrated, adjusted, and operate in accordance with approved
plans and specifications. Sequences of operation shall be functionally tested to ensure they operate in accordance with approved plans and specifications. A complete report of test procedures and
results shall be prepared and filed with the owner. Drawing notes shall require commissioning in accordance with this paragraph.
[Note: In the Tacoma Energy Code Sections 1520 through 1529 are not adopted.]
1530 Lighting Power Allowance Option. The installed lighting wattage shall not exceed the lighting power allowance. Lighting wattage includes lamp and ballast wattage. Wattage
for fluorescent lamps and ballasts shall be tested per ANSI Standard C82.2-1984.
The wattage used for any unballasted fixture shall be the maximum UL listed wattage for that fixture regardless of the lamp installed. The wattage used for track lighting shall be:
a. for line voltage track, 50 watts per lineal foot of track or actual luminaire wattage, whichever is greater;
b. for low voltage track, 25 watts per lineal foot of track or the VA rating of the transformer, whichever is greater.
No credit towards compliance with the lighting power allowances shall be given for the use of any controls, automatic or otherwise.
Exit lights that are five watts or less per fixture shall not be included in the lighting power allowance calculations. Other exit lights shall be included in the lighting power allowance
calculations.
1531 Interior Lighting Power Allowance. The interior lighting power allowance shall be calculated by multiplying the gross interior floor area, in square feet, by the appropriate
unit lighting power allowance, in watts per square foot, for the use as specified in Table 15-1. Accessory uses, including corridors, lobbies, and toilet facilities shall be included with the
primary use.
The lighting power allowance for each use shall be separately calculated and summed to obtain the interior lighting power allowance.
In cases where a lighting plan for only a portion of a building is submitted, the interior lighting power allowance shall be based on the gross interior floor area covered by the plan.
Plans submitted for common areas only, including corridors, lobbies, and toilet facilities shall use the lighting power allowance for common areas in Table 15-1.
When insufficient information is known about the specific use of the space, the allowance shall be based on the apparent intended use of the space.
1532 Exterior Lighting Power Allowance. The exterior lighting power allowance shall be the sum of the calculated allowances for parking, outdoor areas, and building exteriors.
The lighting allowance for covered parking, open parking, and outdoor areas that are illuminated shall be 0.20 watts per square foot. The lighting allowance for building exteriors shall be
calculated either by multiplying the building facade area by 0.25 watts per square foot or multiplying the building perimeter in feet by 7.5 watts per linear foot.
EXCEPTION:
1. Group U Occupancy accessory to Group R-3 or R-4 Occupancy.
2. For covered parking 0.30 w/sf may be used for the lighting provided that the ceilings and walls are painted or stained with a reflectance value of 0.70 or higher.
1533 Lighting Integral to Outdoor Signs and Billboards. Lighting integral to outdoor signs and billboards shall be permitted as follows:
a. Lighting for signs and billboards shall be limited to eight watts per square foot of sign area. Lighting for double-faced signs will be based on one face only. Additional sign lighting
wattage is permitted, for signs on the same premises as the business they advertise, but such additional wattage will be considered part of the building exterior lighting budget, as set forth in
Section 1532.
b. Lighting for signs shall be provided with a readily accessible shutoff switch.
c. Lighting for on premises signs for businesses which have a closing time shall be controlled by means of an automatic timer. Such timer shall comply with Section 1513.5. (Note: Must be
timer.)
d. Lighting for all signs and billboards shall be controlled by an automatic timer switch. Such timer switch shall comply with Section 1513.5.
(Note: Must be timer.)
Table 15-1 Unit Lighting Power Allowance (LPA)
|
Use 1
|
LPA 2 (W/Ft 2)
|
|
Painting, Welding, Carpentry, Machine Shops
|
2.30
|
|
Barber Shops, Beauty Shops
|
2.00
|
|
Hotel Banquet/Conference/Exhibition Hall 3, 4
|
2.00
|
|
Laboratories Isee also office and other appropriate categories
|
1.80
|
|
Aircraft Repair Hangars
|
1.50
|
|
Cafeterias, Fast Food Establishments 5
|
1.50
|
|
Factories, Workshops, Handling Areas
|
1.50
|
|
Gas Stations, Auto Repair Shops 6
|
1.50
|
|
Institutions
|
1.50
|
|
Libraries 5
|
1.50
|
|
Nursing Homes and Hotel/Motel Guest Rooms
|
1.50
|
|
Retail Banking
|
1.50
|
|
Retail 10
|
1.50
|
|
Wholesale Stores (Pallet Rack Shelving)
|
1.50
|
|
Mall Concourses
|
1.40
|
|
School Buildings (Group E occupancy only), School Classrooms, Day Care Centers
|
1.35
|
|
Laundries
|
1.20
|
|
Medical offices, clinics 12
|
1.20
|
|
Office Building, Office/Administrative Areas in Facilities of Other Use Types (Including, but not Limited to, Schools, Hospitals, Institutions, Museums, Banks, Churches 5, 7, 11
|
1.00
|
|
Police and Fire Stations 8
|
1.00
|
|
Atria (Atriums)
|
1.00
|
|
Assembly Spaces 9, Auditoriums, Gymnasia 9, Theatres
|
1.00
|
|
Group R-1 common areas
|
1.00
|
|
Process Plants
|
1.00
|
|
Restaurants/Bars 5
|
1.00
|
|
Locker and/or Shower Facilities
|
0.80
|
|
Warehouses 11, Storage Areas
|
0.50
|
|
Aircraft Storage Hangars
|
0.40
|
|
Parking Garages
|
See Section 1532
|
|
Outdoor Display Areas (Including Vehicle Sales)
|
0.50
|
|
Plans Submitted for Common Areas Only 7
|
|
Main Floor Building Lobbies 3 (Except Mall Concourse)
|
1.20
|
|
Common Areas, Corridors, Toilet Facilities and Washrooms, Elevator Lobbies
|
0.80
|
Footnotes for Table 15-1
- In cases in which a general use and a specific use are listed, the specific use shall apply. In cases in which a use is not mentioned specifically, the Unit Power Allowance shall be
determined by the building official. This determination shall be based upon the most comparable use specified in the Table. See Section 1512 for exempt areas.
- The watts per square foot may be increased, by 2 percent per foot of ceiling height above 20 feet, unless specifically directed otherwise by subsequent footnotes.
- The watts per square foot of room may be increased by 2 percent per foot of ceiling height above 12 feet.
- For all other spaces, such as seating and common areas, use the Unit Light Power Allowance for assembly.
- Watts per square foot of room may be increased by 2 percent per foot of ceiling height above nine feet.
- See Section 1532 for exterior lighting.
- For conference rooms and offices less than 150 ft 2 with full-height partitions, a Unit Lighting Power allowance of 1.20 W/ft 2 may be used.
- For the fire engine room, the Unit Light Power Allowance is 1.00 W/Ft 2.
- For indoor sport tournament courts and adjacent spectator seating, the Unit Light Power Allowance for the court area is 2.60 W/Ft 2.
- Display window illumination installed within two feet of the window, provided that the display window is separated from the retail space by walls or at least three-quarter-height partitions
(transparent or opaque) and lighting for freestanding display where the lighting moves with the display are exempt.
An additional 1.5 w/ft 2 of merchandise display and signage luminares may be provided within localized display areas, including luminaires on display for sale, merchandise display lighting, and
interior signs and billboards provided that they comply with all five of the following:
- That the overall increase in lighting within the building, for display lighting, does not exceed 0.5 watts per square foot of gross floor area of the building.
- Located on ceiling-mounted track or directly on or recessed into the ceiling itself (not on the wall).
- Adjustable in both the horizontal and vertical axis (vertical axis only is acceptable for fluorescent and other fixtures with two points of track attachment).
- Fitted with LED, tungsten halogen, fluorescent, or high intensity discharge lamps.
- Display lighting shall be controlled by an automatic timer.
This additional lighting power is allowed only if the lighting is actually installed.
- Provided that a floor plan, indicating rack location and height, is submitted, the square footage for a warehouse may be defined, for computing the interior Unit Light Power
Allowance, as the floor area not covered by racks plus the vertical face area (access side only) of the racks. The height allowance defined in footnote 2 applies only to the floor area not
covered by racks.
- Medical and clinical offices include those facilities which, although not providing overnight patient care, do provide medical, dental, or psychological examination and treatment. These
spaces include, but are not limited to laboratories and treatment centers.
TMC 2.10.050 Appeals. Appeals of the Building Official’s interpretation of the Tacoma Energy Code and the Tacoma Ventilation and Indoor Air Quality Code shall be made to
the Board of Building Appeals, as established by and in accordance with the procedures set forth in Chapter 2.17 of the Tacoma Municipal Code.
|